Krishna.mobi - fast, clean Vedabase reading Library
Default ViewAdvanced
Dual Language
Before Verses
Bengali
Verse Text
Synonyms
Translation
Purport

CHAPTER NINE

Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s Travels to the Holy Places

A summary of the ninth chapter is given by Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura. After leaving Vidyānagara, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu visited such places of pilgrimage as Gautamī-gaṅgā, Mallikārjuna, Ahovala-nṛsiṁha, Siddhavaṭa, Skanda-kṣetra, Trimaṭha, Vṛddhakāśī, Bauddha-sthāna, Tirupati, Tirumala, Pānā-nṛsiṁha, Śiva-kāñcī, Viṣṇu-kāñcī, Trikāla-hasti, Vṛddhakola, Śiyālī-bhairavī, the Kāverī River and Kumbhakarṇa-kapāla.
Finally the Lord went to Śrī Raṅga-kṣetra, where He converted a brāhmaṇa named Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa, who, along with his family, took up devotional service to Kṛṣṇa. After leaving Śrī Raṅga, Caitanya Mahāprabhu reached Ṛṣabha-parvata, where He met Paramānanda Purī, who later arrived at Jagannātha Purī. Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then proceeded farther, arriving at Setubandha Rāmeśvara. At Śrī Śaila-parvata, the Lord met Lord Śiva and his wife Durgā in the dress of a brāhmaṇa and brāhmaṇī. From there He went to Kāmakoṣṭhī-purī and later arrived at southern Mathurā. A brāhmaṇa devotee of Lord Rāmacandra talked with Him. Then the Lord took His bath in the river Kṛtamālā. On the hill known as Mahendra-śaila, the Lord saw Paraśurāma. Then the Lord went to Setubandha and took His bath at Dhanus-tīrtha. He also visited Rāmeśvara, where He collected some papers connected with Sītādevī, whose illusory form had been kidnapped by Rāvaṇa. The Lord next visited the places known as Pāṇḍya-deśa, the Tāmraparṇī River, Naya-tripati, Ciyaḍatalā, Tila-kāñcī, Gajendra-mokṣaṇa, Pānāgaḍi, Cāmtāpura, Śrī Vaikuṇṭha, Malaya-parvata and Kanyā-kumārī. The Lord then confronted the Bhaṭṭathāris at Mallāra-deśa and saved Kālā Kṛṣṇadāsa from their clutches. The Lord also collected the Brahma-saṁhitā, fifth chapter, on the banks of the Payasvinī River. He then visited Payasvinī, Śṛṅgavera-purī-maṭha and Matsya-tīrtha. At the village of Uḍupī He saw the Gopāla Deity installed by Śrī Madhvācārya. He then defeated the Tattvavādīs in śāstric conversation. The Lord next visited Phalgu-tīrtha, Tritakūpa, Pañcāpsarā, Sūrpāraka and Kolāpura. At Pāṇḍarapura the Lord received news from Śrī Raṅga Purī that Śaṅkarāraṇya (Viśvarūpa) had disappeared there. He then went to the banks of the Kṛṣṇa-veṇvā River, where He collected from among the Vaiṣṇava brāhmaṇas a book written by Bilvamaṅgala Ṭhākura, Śrī Kṛṣṇa-karṇāmṛta. The Lord then visited the Tāpī River, Māhiṣmatī-pura, the Narmadā River and Ṛṣyamūka-parvata. He entered Daṇḍakāraṇya and liberated seven palm trees. From there He visited a place known as Pampā-sarovara and visited Pañcavaṭī, Nāsika, Brahmagiri and also the source of the Godāvarī River, Kuśāvarta. Thus the Lord visited almost all the holy places in South India. He finally returned to Jagannātha Purī by taking the same route, after visiting Vidyānagara again.
নানামতগ্রাহগ্রস্তান্ দাক্ষিণাত্যজনদ্বিপান্ ।
কৃপারিণা বিমুচ্যৈতান্ গৌরশ্চক্রে স বৈষ্ণবান্ ॥ ১ ॥
nānā-mata-grāha-grastān
dākṣiṇātya-jana-dvipān
kṛpāriṇā vimucyaitān
gauraś cakre sa vaiṣṇavān

Synonyms

nānā-mataby various philosophies; grāhalike crocodiles; grastāncaptured; dākṣiṇātya-janathe inhabitants of South India; dvipānlike elephants; kṛpā-ariṇāby His disc of mercy; vimucyaliberating; etānall these; gauraḥŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; cakreconverted; saḥHe; vaiṣṇavānto the Vaiṣṇava cult.

Translation

Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu converted the inhabitants of South India. These people were as strong as elephants, but they were in the clutches of the crocodiles of various philosophies, such as the Buddhist, Jain and Māyāvāda philosophies. With His disc of mercy the Lord delivered them all by converting them into Vaiṣṇavas, devotees of the Lord.

Purport

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s converting the people of South India into Vaiṣṇavas is compared herein to Lord Viṣṇu’s delivering Gajendra the elephant from the attack of a crocodile. When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu visited southern India, almost all the residents were within the jaws of the crocodiles of Buddhist, Jain and Māyāvāda philosophy. Here Kavirāja Gosvāmī states that although these people were as strong as elephants, they were almost in the clutches of death because they were being attacked by the crocodiles of various philosophies. However, just as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu in the form of Viṣṇu saved the elephant Gajendra from the clutches of a crocodile, so He saved all the people of South India from the clutches of various philosophies by converting them into Vaiṣṇavas.
জয় জয় শ্রীচৈতন্য জয় নিত্যানন্দ ।
জয়াদ্বৈতচন্দ্র জয় গৌরভক্তবৃন্দ ॥ ২ ॥
jaya jaya śrī-caitanya jaya nityānanda
jayādvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vṛnda

Synonyms

jaya jayaall glories; śrī-caitanyato Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; jayaall glories; nityānandaunto Nityānanda Prabhu; jaya advaita-candraall glories to Advaita Prabhu; jayaall glories; gaura-bhakta-vṛndato the devotees of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

All glories to Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityānanda Prabhu! All glories to Śrī Advaita Prabhu! And all glories to all the devotees of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu!
দক্ষিণগমন প্রভুর অতি বিলক্ষণ ।
সহস্র সহস্র তীর্থ কৈল দরশন ॥ ৩ ॥
dakṣiṇa-gamana prabhura ati vilakṣaṇa
sahasra sahasra tīrtha kaila daraśana

Synonyms

dakṣiṇa-gamanatouring in South India; prabhuraof the Lord; ativery; vilakṣaṇaextraordinary; sahasra sahasrathousands and thousands; tīrthaholy places; kailadid; daraśanavisit.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s tour of South India was certainly very extraordinary because He visited many thousands of places of pilgrimage there.
সেই সব তীর্থ স্পর্শি’ মহাতীর্থ কৈল ।
সেই ছলে সেই দেশের লোক নিস্তারিল ॥ ৪ ॥
sei saba tīrtha sparśi’ mahā-tīrtha kaila
sei chale sei deśera loka nistārila

Synonyms

sei sabaall those; tīrthaholy places; sparśi’touching; mahā-tīrthainto great places of pilgrimage; kailamade them; sei chaleunder that plea; sei deśeraof those countries; lokathe people; nistārilaHe delivered.

Translation

On the plea of visiting all those holy places, the Lord converted many thousands of residents and thus delivered them. Simply by touching the holy places, He made them into great places of pilgrimage.

Purport

It is said, tīrthī-kurvanti tīrthāni. A tīrtha, or holy place, is a place where great saintly personalities visit or reside. Although the holy places were already places of pilgrimage, they were all purified by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s visit. Many people go to these holy places and leave their sinful activities there, thus becoming free from contamination. When these contaminations pile up, they are counteracted by the visit of great personalities like Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His strict followers. Many kinds of patients come to a hospital, which may be infected by many types of diseases. Actually the hospital is always infected, but the expert physician keeps the hospital sterilized by his expert presence and management. Similarly, places of pilgrimage are always infected by the sins left by the sinners who go there, but when a personality like Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu visits such a place, all contaminations vanish.
সেই সব তীর্থের ক্রম কহিতে না পারি ।
দক্ষিণ-বামে তীর্থ-গমন হয় ফেরাফেরি ॥ ৫ ॥
sei saba tīrthera krama kahite nā pāri
dakṣiṇa-vāme tīrtha-gamana haya pherāpheri

Synonyms

sei sabaall those; tīrtheraof holy places; kramathe chronological order; kahiteto tell of; pāriI am unable; dakṣiṇa-vāmeleft and right; tīrtha-gamanavisiting the holy places; hayais; pherāpherigoing and coming back.

Translation

I cannot chronologically record all the places of pilgrimage visited by Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. I can only summarize everything by saying that the Lord visited all holy places right and left, coming and going.
অতএব নাম-মাত্র করিয়ে গণন ।
কহিতে না পারি তার যথা অনুক্রম ॥ ৬ ॥
ataeva nāma-mātra kariye gaṇana
kahite nā pāri tāra yathā anukrama

Synonyms

ataevatherefore; nāma-mātraonly as a token record; kariye gaṇanaI count; kahiteto tell; pāriI am unable; tāraof that; yathāas; anukramachronological order.

Translation

Because it is impossible for me to record all these places in chronological order, I will simply make a token gesture of recording them.
পূর্ববৎ পথে যাইতে যে পায় দরশন ।
যেই গ্রামে যায়, সে গ্রামের যত জন ॥ ৭ ॥
সবেই বৈষ্ণব হয়, কহে ‘কৃষ্ণ’ ‘হরি’ ।
অন্য গ্রাম নিস্তারয়ে সেই ‘বৈষ্ণব’ করি’ ॥ ৮ ॥
pūrvavat pathe yāite ye pāya daraśana
yei grāme yāya, se grāmera yata jana
sabei vaiṣṇava haya, kahe ‘kṛṣṇa’ ‘hari’
anya grāma nistāraye sei ‘vaiṣṇava’ kari’

Synonyms

pūrva-vatas done previously; patheon the way; yāitewhile going; yeanyone who; pāyagets; daraśanaaudience; yeiwhich; grāmein the village; yāyaLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu goes; sethat; grāmeraof the village; yataall; janapeople; sabeiall of them; vaiṣṇava hayabecome devotees; kahesay; kṛṣṇa harithe holy names of Lord Kṛṣṇa and Hari; anya grāmaother villages; nistārayedelivers; seiHe; vaiṣṇavadevotees; kari’making.

Translation

As previously stated, all the residents of the villages visited by Lord Caitanya became Vaiṣṇavas and began to chant Hari and Kṛṣṇa. In this way, in all the villages visited by the Lord, everyone became a Vaiṣṇava, a devotee.

Purport

The holy names of Kṛṣṇa and Hari, or the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, are so spiritually powerful that even today, as our preachers go to remote parts of the world, people immediately begin chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. There cannot be anyone who can compare to Him or His potencies. However, because we are following in His footsteps and are also chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, the effect is almost as potent as during the time of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Our preachers mainly belong to European and American countries, yet by the grace of Lord Caitanya they have tremendous success wherever they go to open branches. Indeed, everywhere people are very seriously chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare.
দক্ষিণ দেশের লোক অনেক প্রকার ।
কেহ জ্ঞানী, কেহ কর্মী, পাষণ্ডী অপার ॥ ৯ ॥
dakṣiṇa deśera loka aneka prakāra
keha jñānī, keha karmī, pāṣaṇḍī apāra

Synonyms

dakṣiṇa deśeraof South India; lokapeople; anekamany; prakāravarieties; kehasomeone; jñānīphilosophical speculator; kehasomeone; karmīfruitive worker; pāṣaṇḍīnondevotees; apārainnumerable.

Translation

In South India there were many types of people. Some were philosophical speculators, and some were fruitive workers, but in any case there were innumerable nondevotees.
সেই সব লোক প্রভুর দর্শনপ্রভাবে ।
নিজ-নিজ-মত ছাড়ি’ হইল বৈষ্ণবে ॥ ১০ ॥
sei saba loka prabhura darśana-prabhāve
nija-nija-mata chāḍi’ ha-ila vaiṣṇave

Synonyms

sei saba lokaall those people; prabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; darśana-prabhāveby the influence of His visit; nija-nijatheir own; mataopinion; chāḍi’giving up; ha-ilabecame; vaiṣṇavedevotees.

Translation

By the influence of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, all these people abandoned their own opinions and became Vaiṣṇavas, devotees of Kṛṣṇa.
বৈষ্ণবের মধ্যে রাম-উপাসক সব ।
কেহ ‘তত্ত্ববাদী’, কেহ হয় ‘শ্রীবৈষ্ণব’ ॥ ১১ ॥
vaiṣṇavera madhye rāma-upāsaka saba
keha ‘tattvavādī’, keha haya ‘śrī-vaiṣṇava’

Synonyms

vaiṣṇavera madhyeamongst Vaiṣṇavas; rāma-upāsaka sabaall worshipers of Lord Śrī Rāmacandra; kehasomeone; tattva-vādīfollowers of Madhvācārya; kehasomeone; hayais; śrī-vaiṣṇavadevotees following the disciplic succession of Śrī Rāmānujācārya.

Translation

At the time, all the South Indian Vaiṣṇavas were worshipers of Lord Rāmacandra. Some were Tattvavādīs, and some were followers of Rāmānujācārya.

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura points out that the word “Tattvavādī” refers to the followers of Śrīla Madhvācārya. To distinguish his disciplic succession from the Māyāvādī followers of Śaṅkarācārya, Śrīla Madhvācārya named his party the Tattvavādīs. Impersonal monists are always attacked by these Tattvavādīs, who attempt to defeat their philosophy of impersonalism. Generally, they establish the supremacy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Actually the disciplic succession of Madhvācārya is known as the Brahmā Vaiṣṇava sect; that is the sect coming down from Lord Brahmā. Consequently the Tattvavādīs, or followers of Madhvācārya, do not accept the incident of Lord Brahmā’s illusion, which is recorded in the Tenth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Śrīla Madhvācārya has purposefully avoided commenting on that portion of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in which brahma-mohana, the illusion of Lord Brahmā, is mentioned. Śrīla Mādhavendra Purī was one of the ācāryas in the Tattvavāda disciplic succession, and he established the ultimate goal of transcendentalism to be attainment of pure devotional service, love of Godhead. Those Vaiṣṇavas belonging to the Gauḍīya-sampradāya, the disciplic succession following Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, are distinct from the Tattvavādīs, although they belong to the same Tattvavāda-sampradāya. The followers of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu are therefore known as the Madhva-Gauḍīya-sampradāya.
The word pāṣaṇḍī refers to those who are opposed to pure devotional service. In particular, these are the Māyāvādīs, the impersonalists. A definition of pāṣaṇḍī is given in the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa (1.73), wherein it is stated:
yas tu nārāyaṇaṁ devaṁbrahma-rudrādi-daivataiḥ
samatvenaiva vīkṣeta
sa pāṣaṇḍī bhaved dhruvam
A pāṣaṇḍī is one who thinks that the Supreme Lord Nārāyaṇa, the Personality of Godhead, is on the same level with the demigods, headed by Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva. A devotee never considers Lord Nārāyaṇa to be on the same platform with Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva. The Madhvācārya-sampradāya and Rāmānuja-sampradāya are mainly worshipers of Lord Rāmacandra, although the Śrī Vaiṣṇavas are supposed to be worshipers of Lord Nārāyaṇa and Lakṣmī and the Tattvavādīs are supposed to be worshipers of Lord Kṛṣṇa. At present, in most of the monasteries belonging to the Madhva-sampradāya, Lord Rāmacandra is worshiped.
In the book known as Adhyātma-rāmāyaṇa, there are statements in chapters twelve to fifteen about worshiping the Deities of Śrī Rāmacandra and Sītā. There it is stated that during Lord Rāmacandra’s time there was a brāhmaṇa who took a vow to fast until he saw Lord Rāmacandra. Sometimes, due to business, Lord Rāmacandra was absent from His capital for a full week and could not be seen by the citizens during that time. Because of his vow, the brāhmaṇa could not take even a drop of water during that week. Later, after eight or nine days, when the brāhmaṇa could see Lord Rāmacandra personally, he would break his fast. Upon observing the brāhmaṇa’s rigid vow, Lord Śrī Rāmacandra ordered His younger brother Lakṣmaṇa to deliver a pair of Sītā-Rāma Deities to the brāhmaṇa. The brāhmaṇa received the Deities from Śrī Lakṣmaṇajī and worshiped Them faithfully as long as he lived. At the time of his death, he delivered the Deities to Śrī Hanumānjī, who, for many years, hung Them around his neck and served Them with all devotion. After many years, when Hanumānjī departed on the hill known as Gandha-mādana, he delivered the Deities to Bhīmasena, one of the Pāṇḍavas, and Bhīmasena brought Them to his palace, where he kept Them very carefully. The last king of the Pāṇḍavas, Kṣemakānta, worshiped the Deities in that palace. Later, the same Deities were kept in the custody of the kings of Orissa known as Gajapatis. One of the ācāryas, known as Narahari Tīrtha, who was in the disciplic succession of Madhvācārya, received these Deities from the King of Orissa.
It may be noted that these particular Deities of Rāma and Sītā have been worshiped from the time of King Ikṣvāku. Indeed, They were worshiped by the royal princes even before the appearance of Lord Rāmacandra. Later, during Lord Rāmacandra’s presence, the Deities were worshiped by Lakṣmaṇa. It is said that just three months before his disappearance, Śrī Madhvācārya received these Deities and installed them in the Uḍupī temple. Since then the Deities have been worshiped by the Madhvācārya-sampradāya at that monastery. As far as the Śrī Vaiṣṇavas are concerned, beginning with Rāmānujācārya, they also worshiped Deities of Sītā-Rāma. Sītā-Rāma Deities are also being worshiped in Tirupati and other places. From the Śrī Rāmānuja-sampradāya there is another branch known as Rāmānandī or Rāmāt, and the followers of that branch also worship Deities of Sītā-Rāma very rigidly. The Rāmānuja-sampradāya Vaiṣṇavas prefer the worship of Lord Rāmacandra to that of Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa.
সেই সব বৈষ্ণব মহাপ্রভুর দর্শনে ।
কৃষ্ণ-উপাসক হৈল, লয় কৃষ্ণনামে ॥ ১২॥
sei saba vaiṣṇava mahāprabhura darśane
kṛṣṇa-upāsaka haila, laya kṛṣṇa-nāme

Synonyms

sei sabaall those; vaiṣṇavadevotees; mahāprabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; darśaneby seeing; kṛṣṇa-upāsakadevotees of Lord Kṛṣṇa; hailabecame; layatook; kṛṣṇa-nāmethe holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

After meeting Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, all those different Vaiṣṇavas became devotees of Kṛṣṇa and began chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra.
রাম! রাঘব! রাম! রাঘব! রাম! রাঘব! পাহি মাম্ ।
কৃষ্ণ! কেশব! কৃষ্ণ! কেশব! কৃষ্ণ! কেশব! রক্ষ মাম্ ॥ ১৩ ॥
rāma! rāghava! rāma! rāghava! rāma! rāghava! pāhi mām
kṛṣṇa! keśava! kṛṣṇa! keśava! kṛṣṇa! keśava! rakṣa mām

Synonyms

rāmaO Rāma; rāghavaO descendant of Raghu; pāhiplease protect; māmme; kṛṣṇaO Kṛṣṇa; keśavaO killer of Keśī; rakṣaprotect; māmme.

Translation

“ ‘O Lord Rāmacandra, descendant of Mahārāja Raghu, kindly protect me! O Lord Kṛṣṇa, killer of the Keśī demon, kindly protect me!’ ”
এই শ্লোক পথে পড়ি’ করিলা প্রয়াণ ।
গৌতমী-গঙ্গায় যাই’ কৈল গঙ্গাস্নান ॥ ১৪ ॥
ei śloka pathe paḍi’ karilā prayāṇa
gautamī-gaṅgāya yāi’ kaila gaṅgā-snāna

Synonyms

ei ślokathis Sanskrit verse; patheon the way; paḍi’reciting; karilādid; prayāṇagoing; gautamī-gaṅgāyato the bank of the Gautamī-gaṅgā; yāi’going; kailadid; gaṅgā-snānabathing in the Ganges.

Translation

While walking on the road, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu used to chant this Rāma Rāghava mantra. Chanting in this way, He arrived at the banks of the Gautamī-gaṅgā and took His bath there.

Purport

The Gautamī-gaṅgā is a branch of the river Godāvarī. Formerly a great sage named Gautama Ṛṣi used to live on the bank of this river opposite the city of Rajahmundry, and consequently this branch was called the Gautamī-gaṅgā.
Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura says that Śrīla Kavirāja Gosvāmī has recorded the names of the holy places visited by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu but that there is no chronological order of the places visited. However, there is a notebook of Govinda dāsa’s containing a chronological order and references to geographical positions. Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura requests the readers to refer to that book. According to Govinda dāsa, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to Trimanda from the Gautamī-gaṅgā. From there He went to Ḍhuṇḍirāma-tīrtha, another place of pilgrimage. According to Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, after visiting the Gautamī-gaṅgā, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to Mallikārjuna-tīrtha.
মল্লিকার্জুন-তীর্থে যাই’ মহেশ দেখিল ।
তাহাঁ সব লোকে কৃষ্ণনাম লওয়াইল ॥ ১৫ ॥
mallikārjuna-tīrthe yāi’ maheśa dekhila
tāhāṅ saba loke kṛṣṇa-nāma laoyāila

Synonyms

mallikārjuna-tīrtheto the holy place known as Mallikārjuna; yāi’going; maheśathe deity of Lord Śiva; dekhilaHe saw; tāhāṅthere; saba lokeall the people; kṛṣṇa-nāmaLord Kṛṣṇa’s holy name; laoyāilaHe induced to chant.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then went to Mallikārjuna-tīrtha and saw the deity of Lord Śiva there. He also induced all the people to chant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra.

Purport

Mallikārjuna is also known as Śrī Saila. It is situated about one hundred miles northeast of Karṇula on the southern bank of the Kṛṣṇā River. There are great walls all around the village, and within the walls resides the deity known as Mallikārjuna. It is a deity of Lord Śiva and is one of the Jyotir-liṅgas.
রামদাস মহাদেবে করিল দরশন ।
অহোবল-নৃসিংহেরে করিলা গমন ॥ ১৬ ॥
rāmadāsa mahādeve karila daraśana
ahovala-nṛsiṁhere karilā gamana

Synonyms

rāma-dāsaRāmadāsa; mahā-deveof Mahādeva; kariladid; daraśanaseeing; ahovala-nṛsiṁhereto Ahovala-nṛsiṁha; karilādid; gamanagoing.

Translation

There he saw Lord Mahādeva [Śiva], the servant of Lord Rāma. He then went to Ahovala-nṛsiṁha.
নৃসিংহ দেখিয়া তাঁরে কৈল নতি-স্তুতি ।
সিদ্ধবট গেলা যাহাঁ মূর্তি সীতাপতি ॥ ১৭ ॥
nṛsiṁha dekhiyā tāṅre kaila nati-stuti
siddhavaṭa gelā yāhāṅ mūrti sītāpati

Synonyms

nṛsiṁha dekhiyāafter seeing the Lord Nṛsiṁha Deity; tāṅreunto Him; kailadid; nati-stutioffering of various prayers; siddhavaṭato Siddhavaṭa; gelāHe went; yāhāṅwhere; mūrtithe Deity; sītā-patiLord Rāmacandra.

Translation

Upon seeing the Ahovala-nṛsiṁha Deity, Caitanya Mahāprabhu offered many prayers unto the Lord. He then went to Siddhavaṭa, where He saw the Deity of Rāmacandra, the Lord of Sītādevī.

Purport

Siddhavaṭa, also known as Sidhauṭa, is ten miles east of the village of Kuḍāpā. Previously this place was also known as the southern Benares. There is a great banyan tree there, and it is therefore known as Siddhavaṭa. Vaṭa means banyan tree.
রঘুনাথ দেখি’ কৈল প্রণতি স্তবন ।
তাহাঁ এক বিপ্র প্রভুর কৈল নিমন্ত্রণ ॥ ১৮ ॥
raghunātha dekhi’ kaila praṇati stavana
tāhāṅ eka vipra prabhura kaila nimantraṇa

Synonyms

raghu-nātha dekhi’after seeing Lord Rāmacandra, the descendant of Mahārāja Raghu; kailaoffered; praṇatiobeisances; stavanaprayers; tāhāṅthere; ekaone; viprabrāhmaṇa; prabhurato Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kailadid; nimantraṇainvitation.

Translation

Upon seeing the Deity of Lord Rāmacandra, the descendant of King Raghu, the Lord offered His prayers and obeisances. Then a brāhmaṇa invited the Lord to take lunch.
সেই বিপ্র রামনাম নিরন্তর লয় ।
‘রাম’ ‘রাম’ বিনা অন্য বাণী না কহয় ॥ ১৯ ॥
sei vipra rāma-nāma nirantara laya
‘rāma’ ‘rāma’ vinā anya vāṇī nā kahaya

Synonyms

sei viprathat brāhmaṇa; rāma-nāmathe holy name of Lord Rāmacandra; nirantaraconstantly; layachants; rāma rāmathe holy names Rāma Rāma; vināwithout; anyaother; vāṇīvibration; does not; kahayaspeak.

Translation

That brāhmaṇa constantly chanted the holy name of Rāmacandra. Indeed, but for chanting Lord Rāmacandra’s holy name, that brāhmaṇa did not speak a word.
সেই দিন তাঁর ঘরে রহি’ ভিক্ষা করি’ ।
তাঁরে কৃপা করি’ আগে চলিলা গৌরহরি ॥ ২০ ॥
sei dina tāṅra ghare rahi’ bhikṣā kari’
tāṅre kṛpā kari’ āge calilā gaurahari

Synonyms

sei dinaon that day; tāṅra gharethe house of that brāhmaṇa; rahi’staying; bhikṣā kari’accepting prasādam; tāṅreunto him; kṛpā kari’showing mercy; āgeahead; calilādeparted; gaura-hariLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

That day, Lord Caitanya remained there and accepted prasādam at his house. After bestowing mercy upon him in this way, the Lord proceeded ahead.
স্কন্দক্ষেত্র-তীর্থে কৈল স্কন্দ দরশন ।
ত্রিমঠ আইলা, তাঁহা দেখি’ ত্রিবিক্রম ॥ ২১ ॥
skanda-kṣetra-tīrthe kaila skanda daraśana
trimaṭha āilā, tāhāṅ dekhi’ trivikrama

Synonyms

skanda-kṣetra-tīrthein the holy place known as Skanda-kṣetra; kailadid; skanda daraśanavisiting Lord Skanda (Kārttikeya, son of Lord Śiva); trimaṭhaat Trimaṭha; āilāarrived; tāhāṅthere; dekhi’seeing; trivikramaa form of Lord Viṣṇu, Trivikrama.

Translation

At the holy place known as Skanda-kṣetra, Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu visited the temple of Skanda. From there He went to Trimaṭha, where He saw the Viṣṇu Deity Trivikrama.
পুনঃ সিদ্ধবট আইলা সেই বিপ্র-ঘরে ।
সেই বিপ্র কৃষ্ণনাম লয় নিরন্তরে ॥ ২২ ॥
punaḥ siddhavaṭa āilā sei vipra-ghare
sei vipra kṛṣṇa-nāma laya nirantare

Synonyms

punaḥagain; siddha-vaṭato the place known as Siddhavaṭa; āilāreturned; seithat; vipra-gharein the house of the brāhmaṇa; sei viprathat brāhmaṇa; kṛṣṇa-nāmathe holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; layachants; nirantareconstantly.

Translation

After visiting the temple of Trivikrama, the Lord returned to Siddhavaṭa, where He again visited the house of the brāhmaṇa, who was now constantly chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra.
ভিক্ষা করি’ মহাপ্রভু তাঁরে প্রশ্ন কৈল ।
“কহ বিপ্র, এই তোমার কোন্ দশা হৈল ॥ ২৩ ॥
bhikṣā kari’ mahāprabhu tāṅre praśna kaila
‘‘kaha vipra, ei tomāra kon daśā haila

Synonyms

bhikṣā kari’after accepting lunch; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅreunto him; praśna kailaasked a question; kaha vipraMy dear brāhmaṇa friend, please say; eithis; tomārayour; konwhat; daśāsituation; hailabecame.

Translation

After finishing His lunch there, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu asked the brāhmaṇa, “My dear friend, kindly tell Me what your position is now.
পূর্বে তুমি নিরন্তর লৈতে রামনাম ।
এবে কেনে নিরন্তর লও কৃষ্ণনাম ॥” ২৪ ॥
pūrve tumi nirantara laite rāma-nāma
ebe kene nirantara lao kṛṣṇa-nāma’’

Synonyms

pūrveformerly; tumiyou; nirantaraconstantly; laiteused to chant; rāma-nāmathe holy name of Lord Rāmacandra; ebenow; kenewhy; nirantaraconstantly; laoyou chant; kṛṣṇa-nāmathe holy name of Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

“Formerly you were constantly chanting the holy name of Lord Rāma. Why are you now constantly chanting the holy name of Kṛṣṇa?”
বিপ্র বলে, — এই তোমার দর্শন-প্রভাবে ।
তোমা দেখি’ গেল মোর আজন্ম স্বভাবে ॥ ২৫ ॥
vipra bale, — ei tomāra darśana-prabhāve
tomā dekhi’ gela mora ājanma svabhāve

Synonyms

vipra balethe brāhmaṇa replied; eithis; tomāra darśana-prabhāveby the influence of Your visit; tomā dekhi’after seeing You; gelawent; moramy; ā-janmafrom childhood; svabhāvenature.

Translation

The brāhmaṇa replied, “This is all due to Your influence, Sir. After seeing You, I have lost my lifelong practice.
বাল্যাবধি রামনাম-গ্রহণ আমার ।
তোমা দেখি’ কৃষ্ণনাম আইল একবার ॥ ২৬ ॥
bālyāvadhi rāma-nāma-grahaṇa āmāra
tomā dekhi’ kṛṣṇa-nāma āila eka-bāra

Synonyms

bālya-avadhisince the days of my childhood; rāma-nāma-grahaṇachanting the holy name of Lord Rāmacandra; āmāramy; tomā dekhi’upon seeing You; kṛṣṇa-nāmathe holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; āilacame; eka-bāraonce only.

Translation

“From my childhood I have been chanting the holy name of Lord Rāmacandra, but upon seeing You I chanted the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa just once.
সেই হৈতে কৃষ্ণনাম জিহ্বাতে বসিলা ।
কৃষ্ণনাম স্ফুরে, রামনাম দূরে গেলা ॥ ২৭ ॥
sei haite kṛṣṇa-nāma jihvāte vasilā
kṛṣṇa-nāma sphure, rāma-nāma dūre gelā

Synonyms

sei haitesince that time; kṛṣṇa-nāmathe holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; jihvāteon the tongue; vasilāwas seated tightly; kṛṣṇa-nāmathe holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; sphureautomatically comes; rāma-nāmathe holy name of Lord Rāmacandra; dūrefar away; gelāwent.

Translation

“Since then, the holy name of Kṛṣṇa has been tightly fixed upon my tongue. Indeed, since I have been chanting the holy name of Kṛṣṇa, the holy name of Lord Rāmacandra has gone far away.
বাল্যকাল হৈতে মোর স্বভাব এক হয় ।
নামের মহিমা-শাস্ত্র করিয়ে সঞ্চয় ॥ ২৮ ॥
bālya-kāla haite mora svabhāva eka haya
nāmera mahimā-śāstra kariye sañcaya

Synonyms

bālya-kāla haitefrom my childhood; moramy; svabhāvapractice; ekaone; hayathere is; nāmeraof the holy name; mahimāconcerning the glories; śāstrathe revealed scriptures; kariye sañcayaI collect.

Translation

“From my childhood I have been collecting the glories of the holy name from revealed scriptures.
রমন্তে যোগিনোঽনন্তে সত্যানন্দে চিদাত্মনি ।
ইতি রামপদেনাসৌ পরং ব্রহ্মাভিধীয়তে ॥ ২৯ ॥
ramante yogino ’nante
satyānande cid-ātmani
iti rāma-padenāsau
paraṁ brahmābhidhīyate

Synonyms

ramantetake pleasure; yoginaḥtranscendentalists; anantein the unlimited; satya-ānandereal pleasure; cit-ātmaniin spiritual existence; itithus; rāmaRāma; padenaby the word; asauHe; paramsupreme; brahmatruth; abhidhīyateis called.

Translation

“ ‘The Supreme Absolute Truth is called Rāma because the transcendentalists take pleasure in the unlimited true pleasure of spiritual existence.’

Purport

This is the eighth verse of the Śata-nāma-stotra of Lord Rāmacandra, which is found in the Padma Purāṇa.
কৃষির্ভূবাচকঃ শব্দো ণশ্চ নির্বৃতিবাচকঃ ।
তয়োরৈক্যং পরং ব্রহ্ম কৃষ্ণ ইত্যভিধীয়তে ॥ ৩০ ॥
kṛṣir bhū-vācakaḥ śabdo
ṇaś ca nirvṛti-vācakaḥ
tayor aikyaṁ paraṁ brahma
kṛṣṇa ity abhidhīyate

Synonyms

kṛṣiḥthe verbal root kṛṣ; bhūattractive existence; vācakaḥsignifying; śabdaḥword; ṇaḥthe syllable ṇa; caand; nirvṛtispiritual pleasure; vācakaḥindicating; tayoḥof both; aikyamamalgamation; paramsupreme; brahmaAbsolute Truth; kṛṣṇaḥLord Kṛṣṇa; itithus; abhidhīyateis called.

Translation

“ ‘The word “kṛṣ” is the attractive feature of the Lord’s existence, and “ṇa” means spiritual pleasure. When the verb “kṛṣ” is added to the affix “ṇa,” it becomes “Kṛṣṇa,” which indicates the Absolute Truth.’

Purport

This is a verse from the Mahābhārata (Udyoga-parva 71.4).
পরংব্রহ্ম দুই নাম সমান হইল ।
পুনঃ আর শাস্ত্রে কিছু বিশেষ পাইল ॥ ৩১ ॥
paraṁ brahma dui-nāma samāna ha-ila
punaḥ āra śāstre kichu viśeṣa pāila

Synonyms

param brahmathe Absolute Truth; dui-nāmatwo names (Rāma and Kṛṣṇa); samānaon an equal level; ha-ilawere; punaḥagain; ārafurther; śāstrein revealed scriptures; kichusome; viśeṣaspecification; pāilais found.

Translation

“As far as the holy names of Rāma and Kṛṣṇa are concerned, they are on an equal level, but for further advancement we receive some specific information from the revealed scriptures.
রাম রামেতি রামেতি রমে রামে মনোরমে ।
সহস্রনামভিস্তুল্যং রামনাম বরাননে ॥ ৩২ ॥
rāma rāmeti rāmeti
rame rāme manorame
sahasra-nāmabhis tulyaṁ
rāma-nāma varānane

Synonyms

rāmaRāma; rāmaRāma; itithus; rāmaRāma; itithus; rameI enjoy; rāmein the holy name of Rāma; manaḥ-ramemost beautiful; sahasra-nāmabhiḥwith the one thousand names; tulyamequal; rāma-nāmathe holy name of Rāma; vara-ānaneO lovely-faced woman.

Translation

“[Lord Śiva addressed his wife, Durgā:] ‘O Varānanā, I chant the holy name of Rāma, Rāma, Rāma and thus enjoy this beautiful sound. This holy name of Rāmacandra is equal to one thousand holy names of Lord Viṣṇu.’

Purport

This is a verse from the Bṛhad-viṣṇu-sahasranāma-stotra in the Uttara-khaṇḍa of the Padma Purāṇa (72.335).
সহস্রনাম্নাং পুণ্যানাং ত্রিরাবৃত্ত্যা তু যৎ ফলম্ ।
একাবৃত্ত্যা তু কৃষ্ণস্য নামৈকং তৎ প্রযচ্ছতি ॥ ৩৩ ॥
sahasra-nāmnāṁ puṇyānāṁ
trir-āvṛttyā tu yat phalam
ekāvṛttyā tu kṛṣṇasya
nāmaikaṁ tat prayacchati

Synonyms

sahasra-nāmnāmof one thousand names; puṇyānāmholy; triḥ-āvṛttyāby thrice chanting; tubut; yatwhich; phalamresult; eka-āvṛttyāby one repetition; tubut; kṛṣṇasyaof Lord Kṛṣṇa; nāmaholy name; ekamonly one; tatthat result; prayacchatigives.

Translation

“ ‘The pious results derived from chanting the thousand holy names of Viṣṇu three times can be attained by only one utterance of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa.’

Purport

This verse from the Brahmāṇḍa Purāṇa is found in the Laghu-bhāgavatāmṛta (1.5.354), by Rūpa Gosvāmī. Simply by chanting the name of Kṛṣṇa once, one can attain the same results achieved by chanting the holy name of Rāma three times.
এই বাক্যে কৃষ্ণ নামের মহিমা অপার ।
তথাপি লইতে নারি, শুন হেতু তার ॥ ৩৪ ॥
ei vākye kṛṣṇa-nāmera mahimā apāra
tathāpi la-ite nāri, śuna hetu tāra

Synonyms

ei vākyein this statement; kṛṣṇa-nāmeraof the holy name of Kṛṣṇa; mahimāglories; apāraunlimited; tathāpistill; la-iteto chant; nāriI am unable; śunajust hear; hetuthe reason; tāraof that.

Translation

“According to this statement of the śāstras, the glories of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa are unlimited. Still I could not chant His holy name. Please hear the reason for this.
ইষ্টদেব রাম, তাঁর নামে সুখ পাই ।
সুখ পাঞা রামনাম রাত্রিদিন গাই ॥ ৩৫ ॥
iṣṭa-deva rāma, tāṅra nāme sukha pāi
sukha pāñā rāma-nāma rātri-dina gāi

Synonyms

iṣṭa-devamy worshipable Lord; rāmaLord Śrī Rāmacandra; tāṅra nāmein His holy name; sukha pāiI get happiness; sukha pāñāgetting such transcendental happiness; rāma-nāmathe holy name of Lord Rāma; rātri-dinaday and night; gāiI chant.

Translation

“My worshipable Lord has been Lord Rāmacandra, and by chanting His holy name I received happiness. Because I received such happiness, I chanted the holy name of Lord Rāma day and night.
তোমার দর্শনে যবে কৃষ্ণনাম আইল ।
তাহার মহিমা তবে হৃদয়ে লাগিল ॥ ৩৬ ॥
tomāra darśane yabe kṛṣṇa-nāma āila
tāhāra mahimā tabe hṛdaye lāgila

Synonyms

tomāra darśaneby meeting You; yabewhen; kṛṣṇa-nāmathe holy name of Kṛṣṇa; āilaappeared; tāhāraHis; mahimāglories; tabeat that time; hṛdayein the heart; lāgilabecame fixed.

Translation

“By Your appearance, Lord Kṛṣṇa’s holy name also appeared, and at that time the glories of Kṛṣṇa’s name awoke in my heart.
সেই কৃষ্ণ তুমি সাক্ষাৎ — ইহা নির্ধারিল ।
এত কহি’ বিপ্র প্রভুর চরণে পড়িল ॥ ৩৭ ॥
sei kṛṣṇa tumi sākṣāt — ihā nirdhārila
eta kahi’ vipra prabhura caraṇe paḍila

Synonyms

seithat; kṛṣṇathe Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa; tumiYou; sākṣātdirectly; ihāthis; nirdhārilaconcluded; eta kahi’saying this; viprathe brāhmaṇa; prabhuraof Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; caraṇeat the lotus feet; paḍilafell down.

Translation

“Sir, You are that Lord Kṛṣṇa Himself. This is my conclusion.” Saying this, the brāhmaṇa fell down at the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
তাঁরে কৃপা করি’ প্রভু চলিলা আর দিনে ।
বৃদ্ধকাশী আসি’ কৈল শিব-দরশনে ॥ ৩৮ ॥
tāṅre kṛpā kari’ prabhu calilā āra dine
vṛddhakāśī āsi’ kaila śiva-daraśane

Synonyms

tāṅreunto him; kṛpā kari’showing mercy; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; calilātraveled; āra dinethe next day; vṛddhakāśīto Vṛddhakāśī; āsi’coming; kailadid; śiva-daraśanevisiting Lord Śiva’s temple.

Translation

After showing mercy to the brāhmaṇa, Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu left the next day and arrived at Vṛddhakāśī, where He visited the temple of Lord Śiva.

Purport

Vṛddhakāśī’s present name is Vṛddhācalam. It is situated in the southern Arcot district on the bank of the river Maṇimukha. This place is also known as Kālahastipura. Lord Śiva’s temple there was worshiped for many years by Govinda, the cousin of Rāmānujācārya.
তাহাঁ হৈতে চলি’ আগে গেলা এক গ্রামে ।
ব্রাহ্মণ-সমাজ তাহাঁ, করিল বিশ্রামে ॥ ৩৯ ॥
tāhāṅ haite cali’ āge gelā eka grāme
brāhmaṇa-samāja tāhāṅ, karila viśrāme

Synonyms

tāhāṅ haitefrom there; cali’going; āgeforward; gelāwent; ekaone; grāmeto a village; brāhmaṇa-samājaassembly of brāhmaṇas; tāhāṅthere; karila viśrāmeHe rested.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then left Vṛddhakāśī and proceeded further. In one village He saw that most of the residents were brāhmaṇas, and He took His rest there.
প্রভুর প্রভাবে লোক আইল দরশনে ।
লক্ষার্বুদ লোক আইসে না যায় গণনে ॥ ৪০ ॥
prabhura prabhāve loka āila daraśane
lakṣārbuda loka āise nā yāya gaṇane

Synonyms

prabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; prabhāveby the influence; lokapeople; āilacame; daraśaneto see Him; lakṣa-arbudamany millions; lokapersons; āisecame; not; yāya gaṇanecan be counted.

Translation

Due to the influence of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu, many millions of men came just to see Him. Indeed, the assembly being unlimited, its members could not be counted.
গোসাঞির সৌন্দর্য দেখি’ তাতে প্রেমাবেশ ।
সবে ‘কৃষ্ণ’ কহে, ‘বৈষ্ণব’ হৈল সর্বদেশ ॥ ৪১ ॥
gosāñira saundarya dekhi’ tāte premāveśa
sabe ‘kṛṣṇa’ kahe, ‘vaiṣṇava’ haila sarva-deśa

Synonyms

gosāñiraof the Lord; saundaryathe beauty; dekhi’seeing; tātein that; prema-āveśaecstatic love; sabeeveryone; kṛṣṇa kaheuttered the holy name of Kṛṣṇa; vaiṣṇavaVaiṣṇava devotees; hailabecame; sarva-deśaeveryone.

Translation

The Lord’s bodily features were very beautiful, and in addition He was always in the ecstasy of love of Godhead. Simply by seeing Him, everyone began chanting the holy name of Kṛṣṇa, and thus everyone became a Vaiṣṇava devotee.
তার্কিক-মীমাংসক, যত মায়াবাদিগণ ।
সাংখ্য, পাতঞ্জল, স্মৃতি, পুরাণ, আগম ॥ ৪২ ॥
tārkika-mīmāṁsaka, yata māyāvādi-gaṇa
sāṅkhya, pātañjala, smṛti, purāṇa, āgama

Synonyms

tārkikalogicians; mīmāṁsakafollowers of Mīmāṁsā philosophy; yataall; māyāvādi-gaṇafollowers of Śaṅkarācārya; sāṅkhyafollowers of Kapila; pātañjalafollowers of mystic yoga; smṛtisupplementary Vedic literatures; purāṇaPurāṇas; āgamathe tantra-śāstras..

Translation

There are many kinds of philosophers. Some are logicians who follow Gautama or Kaṇāda. Some follow the Mīmāṁsā philosophy of Jaimini. Some follow the Māyāvāda philosophy of Śaṅkarācārya, and others follow Kapila’s Sāṅkhya philosophy or the mystic yoga system of Patañjali. Some follow the smṛti-śāstra composed of twenty religious scriptures, and others follow the Purāṇas and the tantra-śāstra. In this way there are many different types of philosophers.
নিজ-নিজ-শাস্ত্রোদ্গ্রাহে সবাই প্রচণ্ড ।
সর্ব মত দুষি’ প্রভু করে খণ্ড খণ্ড ॥ ৪৩ ॥
nija-nija-śāstrodgrāhe sabāi pracaṇḍa
sarva mata duṣi’ prabhu kare khaṇḍa khaṇḍa

Synonyms

nija-nijatheir own; śāstraof the scripture; udgrāheto establish the conclusion; sabāiall of them; pracaṇḍavery powerful; sarvaall; mataopinions; duṣi’condemning; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; karedoes; khaṇḍa khaṇḍabreaking to pieces.

Translation

All of these adherents of various scriptures were ready to present the conclusions of their respective scriptures, but Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu broke all their opinions to pieces and established His own cult of bhakti based on the Vedas, Vedānta, the Brahma-sūtra and the philosophy of acintya-bhedābheda-tattva.
সর্বত্র স্থাপয় প্রভু বৈষ্ণবসিদ্ধান্তে ।
প্রভুর সিদ্ধান্ত কেহ না পারে খণ্ডিতে ॥ ৪৪ ॥
sarvatra sthāpaya prabhu vaiṣṇava-siddhānte
prabhura siddhānta keha nā pāre khaṇḍite

Synonyms

sarvatraeverywhere; sthāpayaestablishes; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vaiṣṇava-siddhāntethe conclusion of the Vaiṣṇavas; prabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; siddhāntaconclusion; kehaanyone; pāreis not able; khaṇḍiteto defy.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu established the devotional cult everywhere. No one could defeat Him.
হারি’ হারি’ প্রভুমতে করেন প্রবেশ ।
এইমতে ‘বৈষ্ণব’ প্রভু কৈল দক্ষিণ দেশ ॥ ৪৫ ॥
hāri’ hāri’ prabhu-mate karena praveśa
ei-mate ‘vaiṣṇava’ prabhu kaila dakṣiṇa deśa

Synonyms

hāri’ hāri’being defeated; prabhu-mateinto the cult of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; karena praveśaenter; ei-matein this way; vaiṣṇavaVaiṣṇava devotees; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kailamade; dakṣiṇaSouth India; deśacountry.

Translation

Being thus defeated by Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, all these philosophers and their followers entered into His cult. In this way Lord Caitanya made South India into a country of Vaiṣṇavas.
পাষণ্ডী আইল যত পাণ্ডিত্য শুনিয়া ।
গর্ব করি’ আইল সঙ্গে শিষ্যগণ লঞা ॥ ৪৬ ॥
pāṣaṇḍī āila yata pāṇḍitya śuniyā
garva kari’ āila saṅge śiṣya-gaṇa lañā

Synonyms

pāṣaṇḍīnonbelievers; āilacame there; yataall; pāṇḍityaerudition; śuniyāhearing; garva kari’with great pride; āilacame there; saṅgewith; śiṣya-gaṇadisciples; lañātaking.

Translation

When the nonbelievers heard of the erudition of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, they came to Him with great pride, bringing their disciples with them.
বৌদ্ধাচার্য মহাপণ্ডিত নিজ নবমতে ।
প্রভুর আগে উদ্গ্রাহ করি’ লাগিলা বলিতে ॥ ৪৭ ॥
bauddhācārya mahā-paṇḍita nija nava-mate
prabhura āge udgrāha kari’ lāgilā balite

Synonyms

bauddha-ācāryathe leader in Buddhist philosophy; mahā-paṇḍitagreatly learned scholar; nijaown; navanine; matephilosophical conclusions; prabhura āgebefore Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; udgrāhaargument; kari’making; lāgilābegan; baliteto speak.

Translation

One of them was a leader of the Buddhist cult and was a very learned scholar. To establish the nine philosophical conclusions of Buddhism, he came before the Lord and began to speak.
যদ্যপি অসম্ভাষ্য বৌদ্ধ অযুক্ত দেখিতে ।
তথাপি বলিলা প্রভু গর্ব খণ্ডাইতে ॥ ৪৮ ॥
yadyapi asambhāṣya bauddha ayukta dekhite
tathāpi balilā prabhu garva khaṇḍāite

Synonyms

yadyapialthough; asambhāṣyanot fit for discussion; bauddhafollowers of Buddha’s philosophy; ayuktanot fit; dekhiteto see; tathāpistill; balilāspoke; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; garvapride; khaṇḍāiteto diminish.

Translation

Although the Buddhists are unfit for discussion and should not be seen by Vaiṣṇavas, Caitanya Mahāprabhu spoke to them just to decrease their false pride.
তর্কং-প্রধান বৌদ্ধশাস্ত্র ‘নব মতে’ ।
তর্কেই খণ্ডিল প্রভু, না পারে স্থাপিতে ॥ ৪৯ ॥
tarka-pradhāna bauddha-śāstra ‘nava mate’
tarkei khaṇḍila prabhu, nā pāre sthāpite

Synonyms

tarka-pradhānaargumentative; bauddha-śāstrascriptures of the Buddhist cult; nava matein nine basic principles; tarkeiby argument; khaṇḍilarefuted; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; not; pārecan; sthāpiteestablish.

Translation

The scriptures of the Buddhist cult are chiefly based on argument and logic, and they contain nine chief principles. Because Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu defeated the Buddhists in their argument, they could not establish their cult.

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura states that according to the Buddhist cult there are two ways of understanding philosophy. One is called Hīnāyāna, and the other is called Mahāyāna. Along the Buddhist path there are nine principles: (1) The creation is eternal; therefore there is no need to accept a creator. (2) This cosmic manifestation is false. (3) “I am” is the truth. (4) There is repetition of birth and death. (5) Lord Buddha is the only source of understanding the truth. (6) The principle of nirvāṇa, or annihilation, is the ultimate goal. (7) The philosophy of Buddha is the only philosophical path. (8) The Vedas are compiled by human beings. (9) Pious activities, showing mercy to others and so on are advised.
No one can attain the Absolute Truth by argument. One may be very expert in logic, and another person may be even more expert in the art of argument. Because there is so much word jugglery in logic, one can never come to the real conclusion about the Absolute Truth by argument. The followers of the Vedic principles understand this. However, it is seen here that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu defeated the Buddhist philosophy by argument. Those who are preachers in ISKCON will certainly meet many people who believe in intellectual arguments. Most of these people do not believe in the authority of the Vedas. Nevertheless, they accept intellectual speculation and argument. Therefore the preachers of Kṛṣṇa consciousness should be prepared to defeat others by argument, just as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu did. In this verse it is clearly said, tarkei khaṇḍila prabhu. Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu put forward such a strong argument that the Buddhists could not counter Him to establish their cult.
Their first principle is that the creation has always existed. But if this were the case, there could be no theory of annihilation. The Buddhists maintain that annihilation, or dissolution, is the highest truth. If the creation eternally exists, there is no question of dissolution or annihilation. This argument is not very strong because by practical experience we see that material things have a beginning, a middle and an end. The ultimate aim of the Buddhist philosophy is to dissolve the body. This is proposed because the body has a beginning. Similarly, the entire cosmic manifestation is a gigantic body, but if we accept that it always exists, there can be no question of annihilation. Therefore the attempt to annihilate everything in order to attain zero is an absurdity. By our own practical experience we have to accept the beginning of creation, and when we accept the beginning, we must accept a creator. Such a creator must possess an all-pervasive body, as pointed out in the Bhagavad-gītā (13.14):
sarvataḥ pāṇi-pādaṁ tatsarvato-’kṣi-śiro-mukham
sarvataḥ śruti-mal loke
sarvam āvṛtya tiṣṭhati
“Everywhere are His hands and legs, His eyes, heads and faces, and He has ears everywhere. In this way the Supersoul exists, pervading everything.”
The Supreme Person must be present everywhere. His body existed before the creation; otherwise He could not be the creator. If the Supreme Person is a created being, there can be no question of a creator. The conclusion is that the cosmic manifestation is certainly created at a certain time, and the creator existed before the creation; therefore the creator is not a created being. The creator is Parabrahman, or the Supreme Spirit. Matter is not only subordinate to spirit but is actually created on the basis of spirit. When the spirit soul enters the womb of a mother, the body is created by material ingredients supplied by the mother. Everything is created in the material world, and consequently there must be a creator who is the Supreme Spirit and who is distinct from matter. It is confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā that the material energy is inferior and that the spiritual energy is the living entity. Both inferior and superior energies belong to a supreme person.
The Buddhists argue that the world is false, but this is not valid. The world is temporary, but it is not false. As long as we have the body, we must suffer the pleasures and pains of the body, even though we are not the body. We may not take these pleasures and pains very seriously, but they are factual nonetheless. We cannot actually say that they are false. If the bodily pains and pleasures were false, the creation would be false also, and consequently no one would take very much interest in it. The conclusion is that the material creation is not false or imaginary, but it is temporary.
The Buddhists maintain that the principle “I am” is the ultimate truth, but this excludes the individuality of “I” and “you.” If there is no “I” and “you,” or individuality, there is no possibility of argument. The Buddhist philosophy depends on argument, but there can be no argument if one simply depends on “I am.” There must be a “you,” or another person also. The philosophy of duality — the existence of the individual soul and the Supersoul — must be there. This is confirmed in the second chapter of the Bhagavad-gītā (2.12), wherein the Lord says:
na tv evāhaṁ jātu nāsaṁna tvaṁ neme janādhipāḥ
na caiva na bhaviṣyāmaḥ
sarve vayam ataḥ param
“Never was there a time when I did not exist, nor you, nor all these kings; nor in the future shall any of us cease to be.”
We existed in the past in different bodies, and after the annihilation of this body we shall exist in another body. The principle of the soul is eternal, and it exists in this body or in another body. Even in this lifetime we experience existence in a child’s body, a youth’s body, a man’s body and an old body. After the annihilation of the body, we acquire another body. The Buddhist cult also accepts the philosophy of transmigration, but the Buddhists do not properly explain the next birth. There are 8,400,000 species of life, and our next birth may be in any one of them; therefore this human body is not guaranteed.
According to the Buddhists’ fifth principle, Lord Buddha is the only source for the attainment of knowledge. We cannot accept this, for Lord Buddha rejected the principles of Vedic knowledge. One must accept a principle of standard knowledge because one cannot attain the Absolute Truth simply by intellectual speculation. If everyone is an authority, or if everyone accepts his own intelligence as the ultimate criterion — as is presently fashionable — the scriptures will be interpreted in many different ways, and everyone will claim that his own philosophy is supreme. This has become a very great problem, and everyone is interpreting scripture in his own way and setting up his own basis of authority. Yata mata tata patha. Now everybody and anybody is trying to establish his own theory as the ultimate truth. The Buddhists theorize that annihilation, or nirvāṇa, is the ultimate goal. Annihilation applies to the body, but the spirit soul transmigrates from one body to another. If this were not the case, how can so many multifarious bodies come into existence? If the next birth is a fact, the next bodily form is also a fact. As soon as we accept a material body, we must accept the fact that that body will be annihilated and that we will have to accept another body. If all material bodies are doomed to annihilation, we must obtain a nonmaterial body, or a spiritual body, if we wish the next birth to be anything but false. How the spiritual body is attained is explained by Lord Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (4.9):
janma karma ca me divyamevaṁ yo vetti tattvataḥ
tyaktvā dehaṁ punar janma
naiti mām eti so ’rjuna
“One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, but attains My eternal abode, O Arjuna.”
This is the highest perfection — to give up one’s material body and not accept another but to return home, back to Godhead. It is not that perfection means one’s existence becomes void or zero. Existence continues, but if we positively want to annihilate the material body, we have to accept a spiritual body; otherwise there can be no eternality for the soul.
We cannot accept the theory that the Buddhist philosophy is the only way, for there are so many defects in that philosophy. A perfect philosophy is one that has no defects, and that is Vedānta philosophy. No one can point out any defects in Vedānta philosophy, and therefore we can conclude that Vedānta is the supreme philosophical way of understanding the truth. According to the Buddhist cult, the Vedas are compiled by ordinary human beings. If this were the case, they would not be authoritative. From the Vedic literatures we understand that shortly after the creation Lord Brahmā was instructed in the Vedas. It is not that the Vedas were created by Brahmā, although Brahmā is the original person in the universe. If Brahmā did not create the Vedas but he is acknowledged as the first created being, wherefrom did Vedic knowledge come to Brahmā? Obviously the Vedas did not come from an ordinary person born in this material world. According to Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, tene brahma hṛdā ya ādi-kavaye: after the creation, the Supreme Person imparted Vedic knowledge within the heart of Brahmā. There was no person in the beginning of the creation other than Brahmā, yet he did not compile the Vedas; therefore the conclusion is that the Vedas were not compiled by any created being. Vedic knowledge was given by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who created this material world. This is also accepted by Śaṅkarācārya, although he is not a Vaiṣṇava.
It is stated that mercy is one of the qualities of a Buddhist, but mercy is a relative thing. We show our mercy to a subordinate or to one who is suffering more than ourselves. However, if there is a superior person present, the superior person cannot be the object of our mercy. Rather, we are objects for the mercy of the superior person. Therefore showing compassion and mercy is a relative activity. It is not the Absolute Truth. Apart from this, we also must know what actual mercy is. To give a sick man something forbidden for him to eat is not mercy. Rather, it is cruelty. Unless we know what mercy really is, we may create an undesirable situation. If we wish to show real mercy, we will preach Kṛṣṇa consciousness in order to revive the lost consciousness of human beings, the living entity’s original consciousness. Since the Buddhist philosophy does not admit the existence of the spirit soul, the so-called mercy of the Buddhists is defective.
বৌদ্ধাচার্য ‘নব প্রশ্ন’ সব উঠাইল ।
দৃঢ় যুক্তি-তর্কে প্রভু খণ্ড খণ্ড কৈল ॥ ৫০ ॥
bauddhācārya ‘nava praśna’ saba uṭhāila
dṛḍha yukti-tarke prabhu khaṇḍa khaṇḍa kaila

Synonyms

bauddha-ācāryathe teacher of the Buddhist cult; nava praśnanine different types of questions; sabaall; uṭhāilaraised; dṛḍhastrong; yuktiargument; tarkewith logic; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; khaṇḍa khaṇḍa kailabroke into pieces.

Translation

The teacher of the Buddhist cult set forth the nine principles, but Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu broke them to pieces with His strong logic.
দার্শনিক পণ্ডিত সবাই পাইল পরাজয় ।
লোকে হাস্য করে, বৌদ্ধ পাইল লজ্জা-ভয় ॥ ৫১ ॥
dārśanika paṇḍita sabāi pāila parājaya
loke hāsya kare, bauddha pāila lajjā-bhaya

Synonyms

dārśanikaphilosophical speculators; paṇḍitascholars; sabāiall of them; pāila parājayawere defeated; lokepeople in general; hāsya karelaugh; bauddhathe Buddhists; pāilagot; lajjāshame; bhayafear.

Translation

All mental speculators and learned scholars were defeated by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and when the people began to laugh, the Buddhist philosophers felt both shame and fear.

Purport

These philosophers were all atheists, for they did not believe in the existence of God. Atheists may be very expert in mental speculation and may be so-called great philosophers, but they can be defeated by a Vaiṣṇava firmly situated in his conviction and God consciousness. Following in the footsteps of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, all the preachers engaged in the service of ISKCON should be very expert in putting forward strong arguments and defeating all types of atheists.
প্রভুকে বৈষ্ণব জানি’ বৌদ্ধ ঘরে গেল ।
সকল বৌদ্ধ মিলি’ তবে কুমন্ত্রণা কৈল ॥ ৫২ ॥
prabhuke vaiṣṇava jāni’ bauddha ghare gela
sakala bauddha mili’ tabe kumantraṇā kaila

Synonyms

prabhukeLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vaiṣṇava jāni’knowing to be a Vaiṣṇava; bauddhathe Buddhists; ghare gelareturned home; sakala bauddhaall the Buddhists; mili’coming together; tabethereafter; ku-mantraṇāplot; kailamade.

Translation

The Buddhists could understand that Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was a Vaiṣṇava, and they returned home very unhappy. Later, however, they began to plot against the Lord.
অপবিত্র অন্ন এক থালিতে ভরিয়া ।
প্রভু-আগে নিল ‘মহাপ্রসাদ’ বলিয়া ॥ ৫৩ ॥
apavitra anna eka thālite bhariyā
prabhu-āge nila ‘mahā-prasāda’ baliyā

Synonyms

apavitrapolluted; annafood; ekaone; thāliteplate; bhariyāfilling; prabhu-āgein front of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nilabrought; mahā-prasāda baliyācalling it mahā-prasādam..

Translation

Having made their plot, the Buddhists brought a plate of untouchable food before Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and called it mahā-prasādam.

Purport

The word apavitra anna refers to food that is unacceptable for a Vaiṣṇava. In other words, a Vaiṣṇava cannot accept any food offered by an avaiṣṇava in the name of mahā-prasādam. This should be a principle for all Vaiṣṇavas. When asked, “What is the behavior of a Vaiṣṇava?” Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “A Vaiṣṇava must avoid the company of an avaiṣṇava [asat].” The word asat refers to an avaiṣṇava, that is, one who is not a Vaiṣṇava. Asat-saṅga-tyāga,ei vaiṣṇava-ācāra (Cc. Madhya 22.87). A Vaiṣṇava must be very strict in this respect and should not at all cooperate with an avaiṣṇava. If an avaiṣṇava offers food in the name of mahā-prasādam, it should not be accepted. Such food cannot be prasādam because an avaiṣṇava cannot offer anything to the Lord. Sometimes preachers in the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement have to accept food in a home where the householder is an avaiṣṇava; however, if this food is offered to the Deity, it can be taken. Ordinary food cooked by an avaiṣṇava should not be accepted by a Vaiṣṇava. Even if an avaiṣṇava cooks food without fault, he cannot offer it to Lord Viṣṇu, and it cannot be accepted as mahā-prasādam. According to Lord Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (9.26):
patraṁ puṣpaṁ phalaṁ toyaṁyo me bhaktyā prayacchati
tad ahaṁ bhakty-upahṛtam
aśnāmi prayatātmanaḥ
“If one offers Me with love and devotion a leaf, a flower, a fruit or water, I will accept it.”
Kṛṣṇa can accept anything offered by His devotee with devotion. An avaiṣṇava may be a vegetarian and a very clean cook, but because he cannot offer Viṣṇu the food he cooks, it cannot be accepted as mahā-prasādam. It is better that a Vaiṣṇava abandon such food as untouchable.
হেন কালে মহাকায় এক পক্ষী আইল ।
ঠোঁটে করি’ অন্নসহ থালি লঞা গেল ॥ ৫৪ ॥
hena-kāle mahā-kāya eka pakṣī āila
ṭhoṅṭe kari’ anna-saha thāli lañā gela

Synonyms

hena-kāleat this time; mahā-kāyahaving a large body; ekaone; pakṣībird; āilaappeared there; ṭhoṅṭe kari’by the beak; anna-sahawith food; thālithe plate; lañātaking; gelawent away.

Translation

When the contaminated food was offered to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, a very large bird appeared on the spot, picked up the plate in its beak and flew away.
বৌদ্ধগণের উপরে অন্ন পড়ে অমেধ্য হৈয়া ।
বৌদ্ধাচার্যের মাথায় থালি পড়িল বাজিয়া ॥ ৫৫ ॥
bauddha-gaṇera upare anna paḍe amedhya haiyā
bauddhācāryera māthāya thāli paḍila bājiyā

Synonyms

bauddha-gaṇeraall the Buddhists; upareupon; annathe food; paḍebegan to fall down; amedhyauntouchable; haiyābeing; bauddha-ācāryeraof the teacher of the Buddhists; māthāyaon the head; thālithe plate; paḍilafell down; bājiyāmaking a great sound.

Translation

Indeed, the untouchable food fell upon the Buddhists, and the large bird dropped the plate on the head of the chief Buddhist teacher. When it fell on his head, it made a big sound.
তেরছে পড়িল থালি, — মাথা কাটি’ গেল ।
মূর্চ্ছিত হঞা আচার্য ভূমিতে পড়িল ॥ ৫৬ ॥
terache paḍila thāli, — māthā kāṭi’ gela
mūrcchita hañā ācārya bhūmite paḍila

Synonyms

teracheat an angle; paḍilafell down; thālithe plate; māthāthe head; kāṭi’cutting; gelawent; mūrcchitaunconscious; hañābecoming; ācāryathe teacher; bhūmiteon the ground; paḍilafell down.

Translation

The plate was made of metal, and when its edge hit the head of the teacher, it cut him, and the teacher immediately fell to the ground unconscious.
হাহাকার করি’ কান্দে সব শিষ্যগণ ।
সবে আসি’ প্রভু-পদে লইল শরণ ॥ ৫৭ ॥
hāhākāra kari’ kānde saba śiṣya-gaṇa
sabe āsi’ prabhu-pade la-ila śaraṇa

Synonyms

hāhā-kāraa roaring sound; kari’making; kāndecry; sabaall; śiṣya-gaṇadisciples; sabeall of them; āsi’coming; prabhu-padeto the lotus feet of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; la-ilatook; śaraṇashelter.

Translation

When the teacher fell unconscious, his Buddhist disciples cried aloud and ran to the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu for shelter.
তুমি ত’ ঈশ্বর সাক্ষাৎ, ক্ষম অপরাধ ।
জীয়াও আমার গুরু, করহ প্রসাদ ॥ ৫৮ ॥
tumi ta’ īśvara sākṣāt, kṣama aparādha
jīyāo āmāra guru, karaha prasāda

Synonyms

tumiYou; ta’indeed; īśvarathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sākṣātdirectly; kṣamaplease excuse; aparādhaoffense; jīyāobring back to consciousness; āmāraour; guruspiritual master; karahado; prasādathis mercy.

Translation

They all prayed to Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, addressing Him as the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself and saying, “Sir, please excuse our offense. Please have mercy upon us and bring our spiritual master back to life.”
প্রভু কহে, — সবে কহ ‘কৃষ্ণ’ ‘কৃষ্ণ’ ‘হরি’ ।
গুরুকর্ণে কহ কৃষ্ণনাম উচ্চ করি’ ॥ ৫৯ ॥
prabhu kahe, — sabe kaha ‘kṛṣṇa’ ‘kṛṣṇa’ ‘hari’
guru-karṇe kaha kṛṣṇa-nāma ucca kari’

Synonyms

prabhu kaheLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; sabeall of you; kahachant; kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa harithe holy names of Lord Kṛṣṇa and Hari; guru-karṇenear the ear of your spiritual master; kahachant; kṛṣṇa-nāmathe holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; ucca kari’very loudly.

Translation

The Lord then replied to the Buddhist disciples, “You should all chant the names of Kṛṣṇa and Hari very loudly near the ear of your spiritual master.
তোমা-সবার ‘গুরু’ তবে পাইবে চেতন ।
সব বৌদ্ধ মিলি’ করে কৃষ্ণসঙ্কীর্তন ॥ ৬০ ॥
tomā-sabāra ‘guru’ tabe pāibe cetana
saba bauddha mili’ kare kṛṣṇa-saṅkīrtana

Synonyms

tomā-sabāraall of you; guruthe spiritual master; tabethen; pāibewill get; cetanaconsciousness; saba bauddhaall the Buddhist disciples; mili’coming together; karedo; kṛṣṇa-saṅkīrtanachanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra..

Translation

“By this method your spiritual master will regain his consciousness.” Following Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s advice, all the Buddhist disciples began to chant the holy name of Kṛṣṇa congregationally.
গুরু-কর্ণে কহে সবে ‘কৃষ্ণ’ ‘রাম’ ‘হরি’ ।
চেতন পাঞা আচার্য বলে ‘হরি’ ‘হরি’ ॥ ৬১ ॥
guru-karṇe kahe sabe ‘kṛṣṇa’ ‘rāma’ ‘hari’
cetana pāñā ācārya bale ‘hari’ ‘hari’

Synonyms

guru-karṇeinto the ear of the spiritual master; kahethey said; sabeall together; kṛṣṇa rāma harithe holy names of the Lord, namely “Kṛṣṇa,” “Rāma” and “Hari”; cetanaconsciousness; pāñāgetting; ācāryathe teacher; balechanted; hari harithe name of Lord Hari.

Translation

When all the disciples chanted the holy names Kṛṣṇa, Rāma and Hari, the Buddhist teacher regained consciousness and immediately began to chant the holy name of Lord Hari.

Purport

Śrī Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura comments that all the Buddhist disciples were actually initiated by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu into the chanting of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa, and when they chanted, they actually became different persons. At that time they were not Buddhists or atheists but Vaiṣṇavas. Consequently they immediately accepted Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s order. Their original Kṛṣṇa consciousness was revived, and they were immediately able to chant Hare Kṛṣṇa and begin worshiping the Supreme Lord Viṣṇu.
It is the spiritual master who delivers the disciple from the clutches of māyā by initiating him into the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra. In this way a sleeping human being can revive his consciousness by chanting Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare/ Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare. In other words, the spiritual master awakens the sleeping living entity to his original consciousness so that he can worship Lord Viṣṇu. This is the purpose of dīkṣā, or initiation. Initiation means receiving the pure knowledge of spiritual consciousness.
One point to note in this regard is that the spiritual master of the Buddhists did not initiate his disciples. Rather, his disciples were initiated by Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and they in turn were able to initiate their so-called spiritual master. This is the paramparā system. The so-called spiritual master of the Buddhists was actually in the position of a disciple, and after his disciples were initiated by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, they acted as his spiritual masters. This was possible only because the disciples of the Buddhist ācārya received the mercy of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Unless one is favored by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu in the disciplic succession, one cannot act as a spiritual master. We should take the instructions of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the spiritual master of the whole universe, to understand how one becomes a spiritual master and a disciple.
কৃষ্ণ বলি’ আচার্য প্রভুরে করেন বিনয় ।
দেখিয়া সকল লোক হইল বিস্ময় ॥ ৬২ ॥
kṛṣṇa bali’ ācārya prabhure karena vinaya
dekhiyā sakala loka ha-ila vismaya

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa bali’chanting the holy name of Kṛṣṇa; ācāryathe so-called spiritual master of the Buddhists; prabhureunto Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; karenadoes; vinayasubmission; dekhiyāseeing this; sakala lokaall the people; ha-ilabecame; vismayaastonished.

Translation

When the spiritual master of the Buddhists began to chant the holy name of Kṛṣṇa and submitted to Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, all the people who were gathered there were astonished.
এইরূপে কৌতুক করি’ শচীর নন্দন ।
অন্তর্ধান কৈল, কেহ না পায় দর্শন ॥ ৬৩ ॥
ei-rūpe kautuka kari’ śacīra nandana
antardhāna kaila, keha nā pāya darśana

Synonyms

ei-rūpein this way; kautuka kari’making fun; śacīra nandanathe son of mother Śacī; antardhāna kailadisappeared; kehaanyone; does not; pāyaget; darśanaaudience.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the son of Śacīdevī, then suddenly and playfully disappeared from everyone’s sight, and it was impossible for anyone to find Him.
মহাপ্রভু চলি’ আইলা ত্রিপতি-ত্রিমল্লে ।
চতুর্ভুজ মূর্তি দেখি’ ব্যেঙ্কটাদ্র্যে চলে ॥ ৬৪ ॥
mahāprabhu cali’ āilā tripati-trimalle
catur-bhuja mūrti dekhi’ vyeṅkaṭādrye cale

Synonyms

mahāprabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; cali’ āilāarrived by walking; tripati-trimalleat the holy places named Tirupati and Tirumala; catur-bhujafour-handed; mūrtiDeity; dekhi’seeing; vyeṅkaṭa-adryeto the holy place Veṅkaṭa Hill; calebegan to proceed.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu next arrived at Tirupati and Tirumala, where He saw a four-handed Deity. Then He proceeded toward Veṅkaṭa Hill.

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura has actually described the chronological order of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s visit. The Tirupati temple is sometimes called Tirupaṭura. It is situated on the northern side of Arcot in the district of Candragiri. It is a famous holy place of pilgrimage. In pursuance of His name, Veṅkaṭeśvara, the four-handed Lord Viṣṇu, the Deity of Bālājī, with His potencies named Śrī and Bhū, is located on Veṅkaṭa Hill, about eight miles from Tirupati. This Veṅkaṭeśvara Deity is in the form of Lord Viṣṇu, and the place where He is situated is known as Veṅkaṭa-kṣetra. There are many temples in southern India, but this Bālājī temple is especially opulent. A great fair is held there in the month of Āśvina (September-October). There is a railway station called Tirupati on the Southern Railway. Nimna-tirupati is located in the valley of Veṅkaṭa Hill. There are several temples there also, among which are those of Govindarāja and Lord Rāmacandra.
ত্রিপতি আসিয়া কৈল শ্রীরাম দরশন ।
রঘুনাথ-আগে কৈল প্রণাম স্তবন ॥ ৬৫ ॥
tripati āsiyā kaila śrī-rāma daraśana
raghunātha-āge kaila praṇāma stavana

Synonyms

tripati āsiyācoming to Tirupati; kaila śrī-rāma daraśanavisited the temple of Rāmacandra; raghunātha-āgebefore Lord Rāmacandra; kailadid; praṇāmaobeisances; stavanaoffering prayers.

Translation

After arriving at Tirupati, Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu visited the temple of Lord Rāmacandra. He offered His prayers and obeisances before Rāmacandra, the descendant of King Raghu.
স্বপ্রভাবে লোক-সবার করাঞা বিস্ময় ।
পানা-নৃসিংহে আইলা প্রভু দয়াময় ॥ ৬৬ ॥
sva-prabhāve loka-sabāra karāñā vismaya
pānā-nṛsiṁhe āilā prabhu dayā-maya

Synonyms

sva-prabhāveby His own influence; loka-sabāraof all the people; karāñāinducing; vismayaastonishment; pānā-nṛsiṁheto the Lord named Pānā-nṛsiṁha; āilācame; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; dayā-mayathe most merciful.

Translation

Everywhere Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went, His influence astonished everyone. He next arrived at the temple of Pānā-nṛsiṁha. The Lord is so merciful.

Purport

Pānā-nṛsiṁha, or Pānākal-narasiṁha, is located in the district of Krishna, in the hills known as Maṅgalagiri, about seven miles from a city known as Vijayawada. One must climb six hundred steps to reach the temple. It is said that when the Lord is offered food with syrup here, He does not take more than half. Within this temple is a conchshell presented by the late king of Tanjore, and it is said that this shell was used by Lord Kṛṣṇa Himself. During the month of March, a great fair takes place in this temple.
নৃসিংহে প্রণতি-স্তুতি প্রেমাবেশে কৈল ।
প্রভুর প্রভাবে লোক চমৎকার হৈল ॥ ৬৭ ॥
nṛsiṁhe praṇati-stuti premāveśe kaila
prabhura prabhāve loka camatkāra haila

Synonyms

nṛsiṁheunto Lord Nṛsiṁha; praṇati-stutiobeisances and prayers; prema-āveśein ecstatic love; kailaoffered; prabhuraof the Lord; prabhāveby the influence; lokathe people; camatkāra hailawere astonished.

Translation

In great ecstatic love, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu offered obeisances and prayers unto Lord Nṛsiṁha. The people were astonished to see Lord Caitanya’s influence.
শিবকাঞ্চী আসিয়া কৈল শিব দরশন ।
প্রভাবে ‘বৈষ্ণব’ কৈল সব শৈবগণ ॥ ৬৮ ॥
śiva-kāñcī āsiyā kaila śiva daraśana
prabhāve ‘vaiṣṇava’ kaila saba śaiva-gaṇa

Synonyms

śiva-kāñcīto the holy place named Śiva-kāñcī; āsiyācoming; kailadid; śiva daraśanavisiting the temple of Lord Śiva; prabhāveby His influence; vaiṣṇava kailaturned into Vaiṣṇavas; sabaall; śaiva-gaṇathe devotees of Lord Śiva.

Translation

Arriving at Śiva-kāñcī, Caitanya Mahāprabhu visited the deity of Lord Śiva. By His influence, He converted all the devotees of Lord Śiva into Vaiṣṇavas.

Purport

Śiva-kāñcī is also known as Kāñcīpuram, or the Benares of southern India. In Śiva-kāñcī there are hundreds of temples containing symbolic representations of Lord Śiva, and one of these temples is said to be very, very old.
বিষ্ণুকাঞ্চী আসি’ দেখিল লক্ষ্মী-নারায়ণ ।
প্রণাম করিয়া কৈল বহুত স্তবন ॥ ৬৯ ॥
viṣṇu-kāñcī āsi’ dekhila lakṣmī-nārāyaṇa
praṇāma kariyā kaila bahuta stavana

Synonyms

viṣṇu-kāñcīto the holy place named Viṣṇu-kāñcī; āsi’coming; dekhilathe Lord saw; lakṣmī-nārāyaṇathe Deity of Lord Nārāyaṇa with mother Lakṣmī, the goddess of fortune; praṇāma kariyāafter offering obeisances; kailamade; bahuta stavanamany prayers.

Translation

The Lord then visited a holy place known as Viṣṇu-kāñcī. There He saw Lakṣmī-Nārāyaṇa Deities, and He offered His respects and many prayers to please Them.

Purport

Viṣṇu-kāñcī is situated about five miles away from Kāñcīpuram. It is here that Lord Varadarāja, another form of Lord Viṣṇu, resides. There is also a big lake known as Ananta-sarovara.
প্রেমাবেশে নৃত্য-গীত বহুত করিল ।
দিন-দুই রহি’ লোকে’ ‘কৃষ্ণভক্ত’ কৈল ॥ ৭০ ॥
premāveśe nṛtya-gīta bahuta karila
dina-dui rahi’ loke ‘kṛṣṇa-bhakta’ kaila

Synonyms

prema-āveśein ecstatic love; nṛtya-gītadancing and chanting; bahutamuch; karilaperformed; dina-duifor two days; rahi’staying; lokethe people in general; kṛṣṇa-bhaktadevotees of Lord Kṛṣṇa; kailamade.

Translation

When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu stayed at Viṣṇu-kāñcī for two days, He danced and performed kīrtana in ecstasy. When all the people saw Him, they were converted into devotees of Lord Kṛṣṇa.
ত্রিমলয় দেখি’ গেলা ত্রিকালহস্তি-স্থানে ।
মহাদেব দেখি’ তাঁরে করিল প্রণামে ॥ ৭১ ॥
trimalaya dekhi’ gelā trikāla-hasti-sthāne
mahādeva dekhi’ tāṅre karila praṇāme

Synonyms

trimalaya dekhi’after seeing Trimalaya; gelāwent; trikāla-hasti-sthāneto the place named Trikāla-hasti; mahādevaLord Śiva; dekhi’seeing; tāṅreunto him; karila praṇāmeoffered obeisances.

Translation

After visiting Trimalaya, Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to see Trikāla-hasti. There He saw Lord Śiva and offered him all respects and obeisances.

Purport

Trikāla-hasti, or Śrī Kāla-hasti, is situated about twenty-two miles east of Tirupati. On its western side is a river known as Suvarṇa-mukhī. The temple of Trikāla-hasti is located on the southern side of the river. The place is generally known as Śrī Kālahasti or Kālahasti and is famous for its temple of Lord Śiva. There he is called Vāyu-liṅga Śiva.
পক্ষিতীর্থ দেখি’ কৈল শিব দরশন ।
বৃদ্ধকোল-তীর্থে তবে করিলা গমন ॥ ৭২ ॥
pakṣi-tīrtha dekhi’ kaila śiva daraśana
vṛddhakola-tīrthe tabe karilā gamana

Synonyms

pakṣi-tīrtha dekhi’after visiting the place known as Pakṣi-tīrtha; kailadid; śiva daraśanavisiting the temple of Lord Śiva; vṛddhakola-tīrtheto the holy place known as Vṛddhakola; tabethen; karilā gamanawent.

Translation

At Pakṣi-tīrtha, Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu visited the temple of Lord Śiva. Then He went to the Vṛddhakola place of pilgrimage.

Purport

Pakṣi-tīrtha, also called Tirukāḍi-kuṇḍam, is located nine miles southeast of Ciṁlipaṭ. It has a five-hundred-foot elevation and is situated in a chain of hills known as Vedagiri or Vedācalam. There is a temple of Lord Śiva there, and the deity is known as Vedagirīśvara. Two birds come there daily to receive food from the temple priest, and it is claimed that they have been coming since time immemorial.
শ্বেতবরাহ দেখি, তাঁরে নমস্করি’ ।
পীতাম্বর-শিব-স্থানে গেলা গৌরহরি ॥ ৭৩ ॥
śveta-varāha dekhi, tāṅre namaskari’
pītāmbara-śiva-sthāne gelā gaurahari

Synonyms

śveta-varāhathe white boar incarnation; dekhiseeing; tāṅreunto Him; namaskari’offering respect; pīta-ambaradressed with yellow garments; śiva-sthāneto the temple of Lord Śiva; gelāwent; gaurahariLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

At Vṛddhakola, Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu visited the temple of Śveta-varāha, the white boar incarnation. After offering Him respects, the Lord visited the temple of Lord Śiva, wherein the deity is dressed with yellow garments.

Purport

The temple of the white boar incarnation is situated at Vṛddhakola, or Śrī Muṣṇam. The temple is made of stone and is located about one mile south of an oasis known as Balipīṭham. There is a Deity of the white boar incarnation, above whose head Śeṣa Nāga serves as an umbrella.
The temple of Lord Śiva mentioned here is situated in Pītāmbara, or Cidāmbaram, which lies twenty-six miles south of Cuddalore. The deity of Lord Śiva there is known as Ākāśaliṅga. The temple is situated on about thirty-nine acres of land, and all this land is surrounded by a wall and by a road that is about sixty feet wide.
শিয়ালী ভৈরবী দেবী করি’ দরশন ।
কাবেরীর তীরে আইলা শচীর নন্দন ॥ ৭৪ ॥
śiyālī bhairavī devī kari’ daraśana
kāverīra tīre āilā śacīra nandana

Synonyms

śiyālī bhairavīŚiyālī-bhairavī; devīgoddess; kari’ daraśanavisiting; kāverīra tīreon the bank of the river Kāverī; āilācame; śacīra nandanathe son of mother Śacī.

Translation

After visiting the temple of Śiyālī-bhairavī [a form of the goddess Durgā], Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the son of mother Śacī, went to the bank of the river Kāverī.

Purport

The temple of Śiyālī-bhairavī is located in the Tanjore district, about forty-eight miles northeast of Tanjore City. There is a very much celebrated temple of Lord Śiva there and also a very large lake. It is said that once a small boy who was a devotee of Lord Śiva came to that temple, and the goddess Durgā, known as Bhairavī, gave him her breast to suck. After visiting this temple, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to the bank of the river Kāverī (Kolirana) via the district of Tiruchchirāpalli. The Kāverī is mentioned in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.5.40) as a very pious river.
গো-সমাজে শিব দেখি’ আইলা বেদাবন ।
মহাদেব দেখি’ তাঁরে করিলা বন্দন ॥ ৭৫ ॥
go-samāje śiva dekhi’ āilā vedāvana
mahādeva dekhi’ tāṅre karilā vandana

Synonyms

go-samājeat the place named Go-samāja; śiva dekhi’seeing the deity of Lord Śiva; āilā vedāvanaHe arrived at Vedāvana; mahādeva dekhi’seeing Lord Śiva; tāṅreunto him; karilā vandanaoffered prayers.

Translation

The Lord then visited a place known as Go-samāja, where He saw Lord Śiva’s temple. He then arrived at Vedāvana, where He saw another deity of Lord Śiva and offered him prayers.

Purport

Go-samāja is a place of pilgrimage for the devotees of Lord Śiva. It is very important and is located near Vedāvana.
অমৃতলিঙ্গ-শিব দেখি’ বন্দন করিল ।
সব শিবালয়ে শৈব ‘বৈষ্ণব’ হইল ॥ ৭৬ ॥
amṛtaliṅga-śiva dekhi’ vandana karila
saba śivālaye śaiva ‘vaiṣṇava’ ha-ila

Synonyms

amṛta-liṅga-śivathe Lord Śiva deity named Amṛta-liṅga; dekhi’seeing; vandana karilaoffered obeisances; saba śiva-ālayein all the temples of Lord Śiva; śaivadevotees of Lord Śiva; vaiṣṇava ha-ilabecame devotees of Lord Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

Seeing the Śiva deity named Amṛta-liṅga, Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu offered His obeisances. Thus He visited all the temples of Lord Śiva and converted the devotees of Lord Śiva into Vaiṣṇavas.
দেবস্থানে আসি’ কৈল বিষ্ণু দরশন ।
শ্রী-বৈষ্ণবের সঙ্গে তাহাঁ গোষ্ঠী অনুক্ষণ ॥ ৭৭ ॥
deva-sthāne āsi’ kaila viṣṇu daraśana
śrī-vaiṣṇavera saṅge tāhāṅ goṣṭhī anukṣaṇa

Synonyms

deva-sthāneto the place known as Devasthāna; āsi’coming; kailadid; viṣṇu daraśanavisiting the temple of Lord Viṣṇu; śrī-vaiṣṇavera saṅgewith the Vaiṣṇavas in the disciplic succession of Rāmānuja; tāhāṅthere; goṣṭhīdiscussion; anukṣaṇaalways.

Translation

At Devasthāna, Caitanya Mahāprabhu visited the temple of Lord Viṣṇu, and there He talked with the Vaiṣṇavas in the disciplic succession of Rāmānujācārya. These Vaiṣṇavas are known as Śrī Vaiṣṇavas.
কুম্ভকর্ণ-কপালে দেখি’ সরোবর ।
শিব-ক্ষেত্রে শিব দেখে গৌরাঙ্গসুন্দর ॥ ৭৮ ॥
kumbhakarṇa-kapāle dekhi’ sarovara
śiva-kṣetre śiva dekhe gaurāṅga-sundara

Synonyms

kumbhakarṇa-kapāleat Kumbhakarṇa-kapāla; dekhi’after seeing; sarovarathe lake; śiva-kṣetreat Śiva-kṣetra; śivaLord Śiva; dekhesees; gaurāṅga-sundaraLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

At Kumbhakarṇa-kapāla, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu saw a great lake and then the holy place named Śiva-kṣetra, where a temple of Lord Śiva is located.

Purport

Kumbhakarṇa is the name of the brother of Rāvaṇa. At the present moment the city of Kumbhakarṇa-kapāla is known as Kumbhakonam; it is situated twenty-four miles northeast of the city of Tanjore. There are twelve temples of Lord Śiva located at Kumbhakonam, as well as four Viṣṇu temples and one temple of Lord Brahmā. Śiva-kṣetra, within the city of Tanjore, is situated near a big lake known as Śiva-gaṅgā. At this place is a large temple of Lord Śiva known as Bṛhatīśvara-śiva-mandira.
পাপনাশনে বিষ্ণু কৈল দরশন ।
শ্রীরঙ্গক্ষেত্রে তবে করিলা গমন ॥ ৭৯ ॥
pāpa-nāśane viṣṇu kaila daraśana
śrī-raṅga-kṣetre tabe karilā gamana

Synonyms

pāpa-nāśaneat the place named Pāpanāśana; viṣṇuLord Viṣṇu; kailadid; daraśanavisiting; śrī-raṅga-kṣetreto the holy place named Śrī Raṅga-kṣetra; tabethen; karilādid; gamanadeparture.

Translation

After visiting the holy place named Śiva-kṣetra, Caitanya Mahāprabhu arrived at Pāpanāśana and there saw the temple of Lord Viṣṇu. Then He finally reached Śrī Raṅga-kṣetra.

Purport

There are two holy places known as Pāpanāśana: one is located eight miles southwest of Kumbhakonam, and the other lies near the river Tāmraparṇī, in the district of Tirunelveli, twenty miles west of the city of Tirunelveli (Pālamakoṭā).
Śrī Raṅga-kṣetra (Śrī Raṅgam) is a very famous place. It lies in the district of Tiruchchirāpalli, about ten miles west of Kumbhakonam and near the city of Tiruchchirāpalli, on an island in the Kāverī River. The Śrī Raṅgam temple is the largest in India, and there are seven walls and seven roads surrounding it. The ancient names of these roads are the road of Dharma, the road of Rājamahendra, the road of Kulaśekhara, the road of Ālināḍana, the road of Tiruvikrama, the Tirubiḍi road of Māḍamāḍi-gāisa, and the road of Aḍa-iyāvala-indāna. The temple was founded before the reign of Dharmavarma, who reigned before Rājamahendra. Many celebrated kings like Kulaśekhara and Yāmunācārya (Ālabandāru) resided in the temple of Śrī Raṅgam. Yāmunācārya, Śrī Rāmānuja, Sudarśanācārya and others also supervised this temple.
The incarnation of the goddess of fortune known as Godādevī or Śrī Āṇḍāl was one of the twelve Ālvārs, liberated persons known as divya-sūris. She was married to the Deity of Lord Śrī Raṅganātha, and later she entered into the body of the Lord. An incarnation of Kārmuka named Tirumaṅga (also one of the Ālvārs) acquired some money by stealing and built the fourth boundary wall of Śrī Raṅgam. It is said that in the year 289 of the Age of Kali, the Ālvār of the name Toṇḍaraḍippaḍi was born. While engaged in devotional service he fell victim to a prostitute, and Śrī Raṅganātha, seeing His devotee so degraded, sent one of His servants with a golden plate to that prostitute. When the golden plate was discovered missing from the temple, there was a search, and it was found in the prostitute’s house. When the devotee saw Raṅganātha’s mercy upon this prostitute, his mistake was rectified. He then prepared the third boundary wall of the Raṅganātha temple and cultivated a tulasī garden there.
There was also a celebrated disciple of Rāmānujācārya’s known as Kūreśa. Śrī Rāmapillāi was the son of Kūreśa, and his son was Vāgvijaya Bhaṭṭa, whose son was Vedavyāsa Bhaṭṭa, or Śrī Sudarśanācārya. When Sudarśanācārya was an old man, the Muslims attacked the temple of Raṅganātha and killed about twelve hundred Śrī Vaiṣṇavas. At that time the Deity of Raṅganātha was transferred to the temple of Tirupati, in the kingdom of Vijaya-nagara. The governor of Gingee, Goppaṇārya, brought Śrī Raṅganātha from the temple of Tirupati to a place known as Siṁha-brahma, where the Lord was situated for three years. In the year 1293 Śaka (A.D. 1371) the Deity was reinstalled in the Raṅganātha temple. On the eastern wall of the Raṅganātha temple is an inscription written by Vedānta-deśika relating how Raṅganātha was returned to the temple.
কাবেরীতে স্নান করি’ দেখি’ রঙ্গনাথ ।
স্তুতি-প্রণতি করি’ মানিলা কৃতার্থ ॥ ৮০ ॥
kāverīte snāna kari’ dekhi’ raṅganātha
stuti-praṇati kari’ mānilā kṛtārtha

Synonyms

kāverītein the river known as Kāverī; snāna kari’after bathing; dekhi’visiting; raṅga-nāthathe Raṅganātha temple; stutiprayers; praṇatiobeisances; kari’offering; mānilāthought Himself; kṛta-arthavery successful.

Translation

After bathing in the river Kāverī, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu saw the temple of Raṅganātha and offered His ardent prayers and obeisances. Thus He felt Himself successful.
প্রেমাবেশে কৈল বহুত গান নর্তন ।
দেখি’ চমৎকার হৈল সব লোকের মন ॥ ৮১ ॥
premāveśe kaila bahuta gāna nartana
dekhi’ camatkāra haila saba lokera mana

Synonyms

prema-āveśein the ecstasy of love; kailadid; bahutavarious; gānasongs; nartanadancing; dekhi’seeing which; camatkāraastonished; hailawere; sabaall; lokeraof persons; manaminds.

Translation

In the temple of Raṅganātha, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu chanted and danced in ecstatic love of Godhead. Seeing His performance, everyone was struck with wonder.
শ্রী-বৈষ্ণব এক, — ‘ব্যেঙ্কট ভট্ট’ নাম ।
প্রভুরে নিমন্ত্রণ কৈল করিয়া সম্মান ॥ ৮২ ॥
śrī-vaiṣṇava eka, — ‘vyeṅkaṭa bhaṭṭa’ nāma
prabhure nimantraṇa kaila kariyā sammāna

Synonyms

śrī-vaiṣṇava ekaa devotee belonging to the Rāmānuja-sampradāya; vyeṅkaṭa bhaṭṭaVeṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa; nāmanamed; prabhureunto Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nimantraṇainvitation; kailadid; kariyāoffering; sammānagreat respect.

Translation

A Vaiṣṇava known as Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa then invited Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to his home with great respect.

Purport

Śrī Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa was a Vaiṣṇava brāhmaṇa and an inhabitant of Śrī Raṅga-kṣetra. He belonged to the disciplic succession of Śrī Rāmānujācārya. Śrī Raṅga is one of the places of pilgrimage in the province of Tamil Nadu. The inhabitants of that province do not retain the name Veṅkaṭa. It is therefore supposed that Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa did not belong to that province, although he may have been residing there for a very long time. Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa was in a branch of the Rāmānuja-sampradāya known as Vaḍagalai. He had a brother in the Rāmānuja-sampradāya known as Śrīpāda Prabodhānanda Sarasvatī. The son of Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa was later known in the Gauḍīya-sampradāya as Gopāla Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī, and he established the Rādhāramaṇa temple in Vṛndāvana. More information about him may be found in a book known as the Bhakti-ratnākara, by Narahari Cakravartī.
নিজ-ঘরে লঞা কৈল পাদপ্রক্ষালন ।
সেই জল লঞা কৈল সবংশে ভক্ষণ ॥ ৮৩ ॥
nija-ghare lañā kaila pāda-prakṣālana
sei jala lañā kaila sa-vaṁśe bhakṣaṇa

Synonyms

nija-ghareto his own home; lañābringing; kailadid; pāda-prakṣālanawashing of the feet; sei jalathat water; lañātaking; kailadid; sa-vaṁśewith all the family members; bhakṣaṇadrinking.

Translation

Śrī Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa took Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to his home. After he washed the Lord’s feet, all the members of his family drank the water.
ভিক্ষা করাঞা কিছু কৈল নিবেদন ।
চাতুর্মাস্য আসি’ প্রভু, হৈল উপসন্ন ॥ ৮৪ ॥
bhikṣā karāñā kichu kaila nivedana
cāturmāsya āsi’ prabhu, haila upasanna

Synonyms

bhikṣā karāñāafter offering lunch; kichusome; kailadid; nivedanasubmission; cāturmāsyathe period of Cāturmāsya; āsi’coming; prabhumy Lord; haila upasannahas already arrived.

Translation

After offering lunch to the Lord, Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa submitted that the period of Cāturmāsya had already arrived.
চাতুর্মাস্যে কৃপা করি’ রহ মোর ঘরে ।
কৃষ্ণকথা কহি’ কৃপায় উদ্ধার’ আমারে ॥ ৮৫ ॥
cāturmāsye kṛpā kari’ raha mora ghare
kṛṣṇa-kathā kahi’ kṛpāya uddhāra’ āmāre

Synonyms

cāturmāsyeduring this period of Cāturmāsya; kṛpā kari’being merciful; rahaplease stay; mora ghareat my place; kṛṣṇa-kathātopics of Lord Kṛṣṇa; kahi’speaking; kṛpāyaby Your mercy; uddhāra’ āmārekindly deliver me.

Translation

Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa said, “Please be merciful to me and stay at my house during Cāturmāsya. Speak about Lord Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes and kindly deliver me by Your mercy.”
তাঁর ঘরে রহিলা প্রভু কৃষ্ণকথা-রসে ।
ভট্টসঙ্গে গোঙাইল সুখে চারি মাসে ॥ ৮৬ ॥
tāṅra ghare rahilā prabhu kṛṣṇa-kathā-rase
bhaṭṭa-saṅge goṅāila sukhe cāri māse

Synonyms

tāṅra gharein his home; rahilāstayed; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kṛṣṇa-kathā-raseenjoying the transcendental mellow of discussing Lord Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes; bhaṭṭa-saṅgewith Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa; goṅāilapassed; sukhein happiness; cāri māsefour months.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu remained at the house of Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa for four continuous months. The Lord passed His days in great happiness, enjoying the transcendental mellow of discussing Lord Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes.
কাবেরীতে স্নান করি’ শ্রীরঙ্গ দর্শন ।
প্রতিদিন প্রেমাবেশে করেন নর্তন ॥ ৮৭ ॥
kāverīte snāna kari’ śrī-raṅga darśana
pratidina premāveśe karena nartana

Synonyms

kāverītein the river known as Kāverī; snāna kari’taking a bath; śrī-raṅga darśanavisiting the temple of Śrī Raṅga; prati-dinaevery day; prema-āveśein great happiness; karenadoes perform; nartanadancing.

Translation

While there, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu took His bath in the river Kāverī and visited the temple of Śrī Raṅga. Every day the Lord also danced in ecstasy.
সৌন্দর্যাদি প্রেমাবেশ দেখি, সর্বলোক ।
দেখিবারে আইসে, দেখে, খণ্ডে দুঃখ-শোক ॥ ৮৮ ॥
saundaryādi premāveśa dekhi, sarva-loka
dekhibāre āise, dekhe, khaṇḍe duḥkha-śoka

Synonyms

saundarya-ādithe beauty of the body, etc.; prema-āveśaHis ecstatic love; dekhiseeing; sarva-lokaall men; dekhibāreto see; āisecome there; dekheand see; khaṇḍe duḥkha-śokaare relieved from all unhappiness and distress.

Translation

The beauty of Lord Caitanya’s body and His ecstatic love of God were witnessed by everyone. Many people used to come see Him, and as soon as they saw Him, all their unhappiness and distress vanished.
লক্ষ লক্ষ লোক আইল নানা-দেশ হৈতে ।
সবে কৃষ্ণনাম কহে প্রভুকে দেখিতে ॥ ৮৯ ॥
lakṣa lakṣa loka āila nānā-deśa haite
sabe kṛṣṇa-nāma kahe prabhuke dekhite

Synonyms

lakṣa lakṣamany hundreds of thousands; lokaof people; āilacame there; nānā-deśadifferent countries; haitefrom; sabeall of them; kṛṣṇa-nāma kahechant the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra; prabhukethe Lord; dekhiteseeing.

Translation

Many hundreds of thousands of people from various countries came to see the Lord, and after seeing Him they all chanted the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra.
কৃষ্ণনাম বিনা কেহ নাহি কহে আর ।
সবে কৃষ্ণভক্ত হৈল, — লোকে চমৎকার ॥ ৯০ ॥
kṛṣṇa-nāma vinā keha nāhi kahe āra
sabe kṛṣṇa-bhakta haila, — loke camatkāra

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-nāma vināwithout chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra; kehaanyone; nāhidoes not; kahespeak; āraanything else; sabeall of them; kṛṣṇa-bhaktaLord Kṛṣṇa’s devotees; hailabecame; lokethe people; camatkāraastonished.

Translation

Indeed, they did not chant anything but the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra, and all of them became Lord Kṛṣṇa’s devotees. Thus the general populace was astonished.
শ্রীরঙ্গক্ষেত্রে বৈসে যত বৈষ্ণব-ব্রাহ্মণ ।
এক এক দিন সবে কৈল নিমন্ত্রণ ॥ ৯১ ॥
śrī-raṅga-kṣetre vaise yata vaiṣṇava-brāhmaṇa
eka eka dina sabe kaila nimantraṇa

Synonyms

śrī-raṅga-kṣetrein Śrī Raṅga-kṣetra; vaiseresiding; yataall; vaiṣṇava-brāhmaṇaVaiṣṇava brāhmaṇas; eka eka dinaevery day; sabeall of them; kaila nimantraṇainvited the Lord.

Translation

All the Vaiṣṇava brāhmaṇas residing in Śrī Raṅga-kṣetra invited the Lord to their homes. Indeed, He had an invitation every day.
এক এক দিনে চাতুর্মাস্য পূর্ণ হৈল ।
কতক ব্রাহ্মণ ভিক্ষা দিতে না পাইল ॥ ৯২ ॥
eka eka dine cāturmāsya pūrṇa haila
kataka brāhmaṇa bhikṣā dite nā pāila

Synonyms

eka eka dineday by day; cāturmāsyathe period of Cāturmāsya; pūrṇa hailabecame filled; kataka brāhmaṇasome of the brāhmaṇas; bhikṣā diteto offer Him lunch; did not; pāilaget the opportunity.

Translation

Each day the Lord was invited by a different brāhmaṇa, but some of the brāhmaṇas did not get the opportunity to offer Him lunch because the period of Cāturmāsya came to an end.
সেই ক্ষেত্রে রহে এক বৈষ্ণব-ব্রাহ্মণ ।
দেবালয়ে আসি’ করে গীতা আবর্তন ॥ ৯৩ ॥
sei kṣetre rahe eka vaiṣṇava-brāhmaṇa
devālaye āsi’ kare gītā āvartana

Synonyms

sei kṣetrein that holy place; rahethere was; ekaone; vaiṣṇava-brāhmaṇaa brāhmaṇa following the Vaiṣṇava cult; deva-ālayein the temple; āsi’coming; karedoes; gītāof the Bhagavad-gītā; āvartanarecitation.

Translation

In the holy place of Śrī Raṅga-kṣetra, a brāhmaṇa Vaiṣṇava used to visit the temple daily and recite the entire text of the Bhagavad-gītā.
অষ্টাদশাধ্যায় পড়ে আনন্দ-আবেশে ।
অশুদ্ধ পড়েন, লোক করে উপহাসে ॥ ৯৪ ॥
aṣṭādaśādhyāya paḍe ānanda-āveśe
aśuddha paḍena, loka kare upahāse

Synonyms

aṣṭādaśa-adhyāyaeighteen chapters; paḍereads; ānanda-āveśein great ecstasy; aśuddha paḍenacould not pronounce the text correctly; lokapeople in general; karedo; upahāsejoking.

Translation

The brāhmaṇa regularly read the eighteen chapters of the Bhagavad-gītā in great transcendental ecstasy, but because he could not pronounce the words correctly, people used to joke about him.
কেহ হাসে, কেহ নিন্দে, তাহা নাহি মানে ।
আবিষ্ট হঞা গীতা পড়ে আনন্দিত-মনে ॥ ৯৫ ॥
keha hāse, keha ninde, tāhā nāhi māne
āviṣṭa hañā gītā paḍe ānandita-mane

Synonyms

keha hāsesomeone laughs; keha nindesomeone criticizes; tāhāthat; nāhi mānehe does not care for; āviṣṭa hañābeing in great ecstasy; gītā paḍereads the Bhagavad-gītā; ānanditain great happiness; manehis mind.

Translation

Due to his incorrect pronunciation, people sometimes criticized him and laughed at him, but he did not care. He was full of ecstasy due to reading the Bhagavad-gītā and was personally very happy.
পুলকাশ্রু, কম্প, স্বেদ, — যাবৎ পঠন ।
দেখি’ আনন্দিত হৈল মহাপ্রভুর মন ॥ ৯৬ ॥
pulakāśru, kampa, sveda, — yāvat paṭhana
dekhi’ ānandita haila mahāprabhura mana

Synonyms

pulakastanding of the hairs of the body; aśrutears; kampatrembling; svedaperspiration; yāvatduring; paṭhanathe reading of the book; dekhi’seeing this; ānanditavery happy; hailabecame; mahāprabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; manathe mind.

Translation

While reading the book, the brāhmaṇa experienced transcendental bodily transformations. The hairs on his body stood on end, tears welled up in his eyes, and his body trembled and perspired as he read. Seeing this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu became very happy.

Purport

Although the brāhmaṇa could not pronounce the words very well due to illiteracy, he still experienced ecstatic symptoms while reading the Bhagavad-gītā. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was very pleased to observe these symptoms, and this indicates that the Supreme Personality of Godhead is pleased by devotion, not by erudite scholarship. Even though the words were imperfectly pronounced, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Lord Kṛṣṇa Himself, did not think this very serious. Rather, the Lord was pleased by the bhāva (devotion). In Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.5.11) this is confirmed:
tad-vāg-visargo janatāgha-viplavo
yasmin prati-ślokam abaddhavaty api
nāmāny anantasya yaśo-’ṅkitāni yat
śṛṇvanti gāyanti gṛṇanti sādhavaḥ
“On the other hand, that literature which is full of descriptions of the transcendental glories of the name, fame, forms and pastimes of the unlimited Supreme Lord is a different creation, full of transcendental words directed toward bringing about a revolution in the impious lives of this world’s misdirected civilization. Such transcendental literatures, even though imperfectly composed, are heard, sung and accepted by purified men who are thoroughly honest.”
The purport to this verse may be considered for further information on this subject.
মহাপ্রভু পুছিল তাঁরে, শুন, মহাশয় ।
কোন্ অর্থ জানি’ তোমার এত সুখ হয় ॥ ৯৭ ॥
mahāprabhu puchila tāṅre, śuna, mahāśaya
kon artha jāni’ tomāra eta sukha haya

Synonyms

mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; puchilainquired; tāṅrefrom him; śunaplease hear; mahā-āśayaMy dear sir; konwhat; arthameaning; jāni’knowing; tomārayour; etaso great; sukhahappiness; hayais.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu asked the brāhmaṇa, “My dear sir, why are you in such ecstatic love? Which portion of the Bhagavad-gītā gives you such transcendental pleasure?”
বিপ্র কহে, — মূর্খ আমি, শব্দার্থ না জানি ।
শুদ্ধাশুদ্ধ গীতা পড়ি, গুরু-আজ্ঞা মানি’ ॥ ৯৮ ॥
vipra kahe, — mūrkha āmi, śabdārtha nā jāni
śuddhāśuddha gītā paḍi, guru-ājñā māni’

Synonyms

vipra kahethe brāhmaṇa replied; mūrkha āmiI am illiterate; śabda-arthathe meaning of the words; jāniI do not know; śuddha-aśuddhasometimes correct and sometimes not correct; gītāthe Bhagavad-gītā; paḍiI read; guru-ājñāthe order of my spiritual master; māni’accepting.

Translation

The brāhmaṇa replied, “I am illiterate and therefore do not know the meaning of the words. Sometimes I read the Bhagavad-gītā correctly and sometimes incorrectly, but in any case I am doing this in compliance with the orders of my spiritual master.”

Purport

This is a good example of a person who had become so successful that he was able to capture the attention of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu even while reading the Bhagavad-gītā incorrectly. His spiritual activities did not depend on material things such as correct pronunciation. Rather, his success depended on strictly following the instructions of his spiritual master.
yasya deve parā bhaktiryathā deve tathā gurau
tasyaite kathitā hy arthāḥ
prakāśante mahātmanaḥ
“Only unto those great souls who have implicit faith in both the Lord and the spiritual master are all the imports of Vedic knowledge automatically revealed.”(Śvetāśvatara Up. 6.23)
Actually the meaning of the words of the Bhagavad-gītā or Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam are revealed to one strictly following the orders of the spiritual master. They are also revealed to one who has equal faith in the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In other words, being faithful to both Kṛṣṇa and the spiritual master is the secret of success in spiritual life.
অর্জুনের রথে কৃষ্ণ হয় রজ্জুধর ।
বসিয়াছে হাতে তোত্র শ্যামল সুন্দর ॥ ৯৯ ॥
arjunera rathe kṛṣṇa haya rajju-dhara
vasiyāche hāte totra śyāmala sundara

Synonyms

arjuneraof Arjuna; rathein the chariot; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; hayais; rajju-dharaholding the reins; vasiyācheHe was sitting there; hātein the hand; totraa bridle; śyāmalablackish; sundaravery beautiful.

Translation

The brāhmaṇa continued, “Actually I only see Lord Kṛṣṇa sitting on a chariot as Arjuna’s charioteer. Taking the reins in His hands, He appears very beautiful and blackish.
অর্জুনেরে কহিতেছেন হিত-উপদেশ ।
তাঁরে দেখি’ হয় মোর আনন্দ-আবেশ ॥ ১০০ ॥
arjunere kahitechena hita-upadeśa
tāṅre dekhi’ haya mora ānanda-āveśa

Synonyms

arjunereunto Arjuna; kahitechenaHe is speaking; hita-upadeśagood instruction; tāṅreHim; dekhi’seeing; hayathere is; moramy; ānandatranscendental happiness; āveśaecstasy.

Translation

“While seeing Lord Kṛṣṇa sitting in a chariot and instructing Arjuna, I am filled with ecstatic happiness.
যাবৎ পড়োঁ, তাবৎ পাঙ তাঁর দরশন ।
এই লাগি’ গীতা-পাঠ না ছাড়ে মোর মন ॥ ১০১ ॥
yāvat paḍoṅ, tāvat pāṅa tāṅra daraśana
ei lāgi’ gītā-pāṭha nā chāḍe mora mana

Synonyms

yāvatas long as; paḍoṅI read; tāvatso long; pāṅaI get; tāṅraHis; daraśanaaudience; ei lāgi’for this reason; gītā-pāṭhareading the Bhagavad-gītā; chāḍedoes not quit; mora manamy mind.

Translation

“As long as I read the Bhagavad-gītā, I simply see the Lord’s beautiful features. It is for this reason that I am reading the Bhagavad-gītā, and my mind cannot be distracted from this.”
প্রভু কহে, — গীতা-পাঠে তোমারই অধিকার ।
তুমি সে জানহ এই গীতার অর্থ-সার ॥ ১০২ ॥
prabhu kahe, — gītā-pāṭhe tomārā-i adhikāra
tumi se jānaha ei gītāra artha-sāra

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord replied; gītā-pāṭhein reading the Bhagavad-gītā; tomārāi adhikārayou have the proper authority; tumiyou; sethat; jānahaknow; eithis; gītāraof the Bhagavad-gītā; artha-sārathe real purport.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu told the brāhmaṇa, “Indeed, you are an authority in the reading of the Bhagavad-gītā. Whatever you know constitutes the real purport of the Bhagavad-gītā.”

Purport

According to the śāstras: bhaktyā bhāgavataṁ grāhyaṁ na buddhyā na ca ṭīkayā. One should understand the Bhagavad-gītā and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam by hearing them from a real devotee. One cannot understand them simply by erudite scholarship or sharp intelligence. It is also said:
gītādhītā ca yenāpibhakti-bhāvena cetasā
veda-śāstra-purāṇāni
tenādhītāni sarvaśaḥ
To one who reads the Bhagavad-gītā with faith and devotion, the essence of Vedic knowledge is revealed. And according to the Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad (6.23):
yasya deve parā bhaktiryathā deve tathā gurau
tasyaite kathitā hy arthāḥ
prakāśante mahātmanaḥ
“Only unto those great souls who have implicit faith in both the Lord and the spiritual master are all the imports of Vedic knowledge automatically revealed.”
All Vedic literatures are to be understood with faith and devotion, not by mundane scholarship. We have therefore presented Bhagavad-gītā As It Is. There are many so-called scholars and philosophers who read the Bhagavad-gītā in a scholarly way. They simply waste their time and mislead those who read their commentaries.
এত বলি’ সেই বিপ্রে কৈল আলিঙ্গন ।
প্রভু-পদ ধরি’ বিপ্র করেন রোদন ॥ ১০৩ ॥
eta bali’ sei vipre kaila āliṅgana
prabhu-pada dhari’ vipra karena rodana

Synonyms

eta bali’saying this; sei viprethat brāhmaṇa; kaila āliṅganaHe embraced; prabhu-padathe lotus feet of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; dhari’catching; viprathe brāhmaṇa; karenadoes; rodanacrying.

Translation

After saying this, Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu embraced the brāhmaṇa, and the brāhmaṇa, catching the lotus feet of the Lord, began to cry.
তোমা দেখি’ তাহা হৈতে দ্বিগুণ সুখ হয় ।
সেই কৃষ্ণ তুমি, — হেন মোর মনে লয় ॥ ১০৪ ॥
tomā dekhi’ tāhā haite dvi-guṇa sukha haya
sei kṛṣṇa tumi, — hena mora mane laya

Synonyms

tomā dekhi’by seeing You; tāhā haitethan the vision of Lord Kṛṣṇa; dvi-guṇatwice as much; sukhahappiness; hayathere is; sei kṛṣṇathat Lord Kṛṣṇa; tumiYou are; henasuch; moramy; manein the mind; layatakes.

Translation

The brāhmaṇa said, “Upon seeing You, my happiness is doubled. I take it that You are the same Lord Kṛṣṇa.”
কৃষ্ণস্ফূর্ত্যে তাঁর মন হঞাছে নির্মল ।
অতএব প্রভুর তত্ত্ব জানিল সকল ॥ ১০৫ ॥
kṛṣṇa-sphūrtye tāṅra mana hañāche nirmala
ataeva prabhura tattva jānila sakala

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-sphūrtyeby revelation of Lord Kṛṣṇa; tāṅrahis; manamind; hañāchedid become; nirmalapurified; ataevatherefore; prabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tattvatruth; jānilacould understand; sakalaall.

Translation

The mind of the brāhmaṇa was purified by the revelation of Lord Kṛṣṇa, and therefore he could understand the truth of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu in all details.
তবে মহাপ্রভু তাঁরে করাইল শিক্ষণ ।
এই বাত‌্ কাহাঁ না করিহ প্রকাশন ॥ ১০৬ ॥
tabe mahāprabhu tāṅre karāila śikṣaṇa
ei bāt kāhāṅ nā kariha prakāśana

Synonyms

tabethen; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅreunto the brāhmaṇa; karāilamade; śikṣaṇainstruction; ei bātthis version; kāhāṅanywhere; do not; karihado; prakāśanarevelation.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then taught the brāhmaṇa very thoroughly and requested him not to disclose the fact that He was Lord Kṛṣṇa Himself.
সেই বিপ্র মহাপ্রভুর বড় ভক্ত হৈল ।
চারি মাস প্রভু-সঙ্গ কভু না ছাড়িল ॥ ১০৭ ॥
sei vipra mahāprabhura baḍa bhakta haila
cāri māsa prabhu-saṅga kabhu nā chāḍila

Synonyms

sei viprathat brāhmaṇa; mahāprabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; baḍabig; bhaktadevotee; hailabecame; cāri māsafor four months; prabhu-saṅgaassociation of the Lord; kabhuat any time; did not; chāḍilagive up.

Translation

That brāhmaṇa became a great devotee of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and for four continuous months he did not give up the Lord’s company.
এইমত ভট্টগৃহে রহে গৌরচন্দ্র ।
নিরন্তর ভট্ট-সঙ্গে কৃষ্ণকথানন্দ ॥ ১০৮ ॥
ei-mata bhaṭṭa-gṛhe rahe gauracandra
nirantara bhaṭṭa-saṅge kṛṣṇa-kathānanda

Synonyms

ei-matain this way; bhaṭṭa-gṛhein the house of Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa; raheremained; gauracandraŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nirantaraconstantly; bhaṭṭa-saṅgewith Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa; kṛṣṇa-kathā-ānandathe transcendental bliss of talking about Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu remained at the house of Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa and constantly talked with him about Lord Kṛṣṇa. In this way He was very happy.
‘শ্রী-বৈষ্ণব’ ভট্ট সেবে লক্ষ্মী-নারায়ণ ।
তাঁর ভক্তি দেখি’ প্রভুর তুষ্ট হৈল মন ॥ ১০৯ ॥
śrī-vaiṣṇava’ bhaṭṭa seve lakṣmī-nārāyaṇa
tāṅra bhakti dekhi’ prabhura tuṣṭa haila mana

Synonyms

śrī-vaiṣṇavaa devotee of the Rāmānuja-sampradāya; bhaṭṭaVeṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa; seveused to worship; lakṣmī-nārāyaṇathe Deities of Lord Nārāyaṇa and the goddess of fortune, Lakṣmī; tāṅrahis; bhaktidevotion; dekhi’seeing; prabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tuṣṭahappy; hailabecame; manathe mind.

Translation

Being a Vaiṣṇava in the Rāmānuja-sampradāya, Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa worshiped the Deities of Lakṣmī and Nārāyaṇa. Seeing his pure devotion, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was very satisfied.
নিরন্তর তাঁর সঙ্গে হৈল সখ্যভাব ।
হাস্য-পরিহাসে দুঁহে সখ্যের স্বভাব ॥ ১১০ ॥
nirantara tāṅra saṅge haila sakhya-bhāva
hāsya-parihāse duṅhe sakhyera svabhāva

Synonyms

nirantaraconstantly; tāṅra saṅgebeing associated with him; hailathere was; sakhya-bhāvaa friendly relationship; hāsyalaughing; parihāsejoking; duṅheboth of them; sakhyeraof fraternity; svabhāvanature.

Translation

Constantly associating with each other, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa gradually developed a friendly relationship. Indeed, sometimes they laughed and joked together.
প্রভু কহে, — ভট্ট, তোমার লক্ষ্মী-ঠাকুরাণী ।
কান্ত-বক্ষঃস্থিতা, পতিব্রতা-শিরোমণি ॥ ১১১ ॥
prabhu kahe, — bhaṭṭa, tomāra lakṣmī-ṭhākurāṇī
kānta-vakṣaḥ-sthitā, pativratā-śiromaṇi

Synonyms

prabhu kaheLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; bhaṭṭaMy dear Bhaṭṭācārya; tomārayour; lakṣmī-ṭhākurāṇīgoddess of fortune; kāntaof her husband, Nārāyaṇa; vakṣaḥ-sthitāsituated on the chest; pati-vratāchaste woman; śiromaṇithe topmost.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu told the Bhaṭṭācārya, “Your worshipable goddess of fortune, Lakṣmī, always remains on the chest of Nārāyaṇa, and she is certainly the most chaste woman in the creation.
আমার ঠাকুর কৃষ্ণ — গোপ, গো-চারক ।
সাধ্বী হঞা কেনে চাহে তাঁহার সঙ্গম ॥ ১১২ ॥
āmāra ṭhākura kṛṣṇa — gopa, go-cāraka
sādhvī hañā kene cāhe tāṅhāra saṅgama

Synonyms

āmāra ṭhākuraMy worshipable Deity; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; gopacowherd; go-cārakaa tender of cows; sādhvī hañābeing so chaste; kenewhy; cāhewants; tāṅhāraHis; saṅgamaassociation.

Translation

“However, my Lord is Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, a cowherd boy who is engaged in tending cows. Why is it that Lakṣmī, being such a chaste wife, wants to associate with My Lord?
এই লাগি’ সুখভোগ ছাড়ি’ চিরকাল ।
ব্রত-নিয়ম করি’ তপ করিল অপার ॥ ১১৩ ॥
ei lāgi’ sukha-bhoga chāḍi’ cira-kāla
vrata-niyama kari’ tapa karila apāra

Synonyms

ei lāgi’for this reason; sukha-bhogathe enjoyment of Vaikuṇṭha; chāḍi’giving up; cira-kālafor a long time; vrata-niyamavows and regulative principles; kari’accepting; tapaausterity; karila apāraperformed unlimitedly.

Translation

“Just to associate with Kṛṣṇa, Lakṣmī abandoned all transcendental happiness in Vaikuṇṭha and for a long time accepted vows and regulative principles and performed unlimited austerities.”
কস্যানুভাবোঽস্য ন দেব বিদ্মহে, তবাঙ্ঘ্র রেণুস্পরশাধিকারঃ
যদ্বাঞ্ছয়া শ্রীর্ললনাচরত্তপো, বিহায় কামান্ সুচিরং ধৃতব্রতা ॥ ১১৪ ॥
kasyānubhāvo ’sya na deva vidmahe
tavāṅghri-reṇu-sparaśādhikāraḥ
yad-vāñchayā śrīr lalanācarat tapo
vihāya kāmān su-ciraṁ dhṛta-vratā

Synonyms

kasyaof what; anubhāvaḥa result; asyaof the serpent (Kāliya); nanot; devaO Lord; vidmahewe know; tava aṅghriof Your lotus feet; reṇuof the dust; sparaśafor touching; adhikāraḥqualification; yatwhich; vāñchayāby desiring; śrīḥthe goddess of fortune; lalanāthe topmost woman; acaratperformed; tapaḥausterity; vihāyagiving up; kāmānall desires; su-ciramfor a long time; dhṛtaa law upheld; vratāas a vow.

Translation

Caitanya Mahāprabhu then said, “ ‘O Lord, we do not know how the serpent Kāliya attained such an opportunity to be touched by the dust of Your lotus feet. Even the goddess of fortune, for this end, performed austerities for centuries, giving up all other desires and observing austere vows. Indeed, we do not know how the serpent Kāliya got such an opportunity.’ ”

Purport

This verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.16.36) was spoken by the wives of the Kāliya serpent.
ভট্ট কহে, কৃষ্ণ-নারায়ণ — একই স্বরূপ ।
কৃষ্ণেতে অধিক লীলা-বৈদগ্ধ্যাদিরূপ ॥ ১১৫ ॥
bhaṭṭa kahe, kṛṣṇa-nārāyaṇa — eka-i svarūpa
kṛṣṇete adhika līlā-vaidagdhyādi-rūpa

Synonyms

bhaṭṭa kaheVeṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa said; kṛṣṇa-nārāyaṇaKṛṣṇa and Nārāyaṇa; eka-i svarūpaone and the same; kṛṣṇetein Lord Kṛṣṇa; adhikamore; līlāpastimes; vaidagdhya-ādi-rūpasportive nature.

Translation

Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa then said, “Lord Kṛṣṇa and Lord Nārāyaṇa are one and the same, but the pastimes of Kṛṣṇa are more relishable due to their sportive nature.
তার স্পর্শে নাহি যায় পতিব্রতা-ধর্ম ।
কৌতুকে লক্ষ্মী চাহেন কৃষ্ণের সঙ্গম ॥ ১১৬ ॥
tāra sparśe nāhi yāya pativratā-dharma
kautuke lakṣmī cāhena kṛṣṇera saṅgama

Synonyms

tāra sparśeby the touching of Kṛṣṇa by Lakṣmī; nāhidoes not; yāyadisappear; pati-vratā-dharmathe vow of chastity; kautukein great fun; lakṣmīthe goddess of fortune; cāhenawants; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; saṅgamaassociation.

Translation

“Since Kṛṣṇa and Nārāyaṇa are the same personality, Lakṣmī’s association with Kṛṣṇa does not break her vow of chastity. Rather, it was in great fun that the goddess of fortune wanted to associate with Lord Kṛṣṇa.”

Purport

This is the answer to Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s question, and from this we can understand that Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa knew the truth. He told Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu that Nārāyaṇa is a form of Kṛṣṇa associated with transcendental opulence. Although Kṛṣṇa is two-armed and Nārāyaṇa four-armed, there is no difference in the person. They are one and the same. Nārāyaṇa is as beautiful as Kṛṣṇa, but Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes are more sportive. It is not that the sportive pastimes of Kṛṣṇa make Him different from Nārāyaṇa. Lakṣmī’s desiring to associate with Kṛṣṇa was perfectly natural. In other words, it is understandable that a chaste woman wants to associate with her husband in all his different dresses. Therefore one should not criticize Lakṣmī for wanting to associate with Kṛṣṇa.
সিদ্ধান্ততস্ত্বভেদেঽপি শ্রীশ-কৃষ্ণস্বরূপয়োঃ ।
রসেনোৎকৃষ্যতে কৃষ্ণরূপমেষা রসস্থিতিঃ ॥ ১১৭ ॥
siddhāntatas tv abhede ’pi
śrīśa-kṛṣṇa-svarūpayoḥ
rasenotkṛṣyate kṛṣṇa-
rūpam eṣā rasa-sthitiḥ

Synonyms

siddhāntataḥin reality; tubut; abhedeno difference; apialthough; śrī-īśaof the husband of Lakṣmī, Nārāyaṇa; kṛṣṇaof Lord Kṛṣṇa; svarūpayoḥbetween the forms; rasenaby transcendental mellows; utkṛṣyateis superior; kṛṣṇa-rūpamthe form of Lord Kṛṣṇa; eṣāthis; rasa-sthitiḥreservoir of pleasure.

Translation

Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa continued, “ ‘According to transcendental realization, there is no difference between the forms of Nārāyaṇa and Kṛṣṇa. Yet in Kṛṣṇa there is a special transcendental attraction due to the conjugal mellow, and consequently He surpasses Nārāyaṇa. This is the conclusion of transcendental mellows.’

Purport

This verse quoted by Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa is also found in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (1.2.59).
কৃষ্ণসঙ্গে পতিব্রতা-ধর্ম নহে নাশ ।
অধিক লাভ পাইয়ে, আর রাসবিলাস ॥ ১১৮ ॥
kṛṣṇa-saṅge pativratā-dharma nahe nāśa
adhika lābha pāiye, āra rāsa-vilāsa

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-saṅgein the association of Lord Kṛṣṇa; pati-vratāof chastity; dharmavow; naheis not; nāśalost; adhikamore; lābhaprofit; pāiyeI get; āraalso; rāsa-vilāsathe enjoyment in the rāsa dance.

Translation

“The goddess of fortune considered that her vow of chastity would not be damaged by her relationship with Kṛṣṇa. Rather, by associating with Kṛṣṇa she could enjoy the benefit of the rāsa dance.”
বিনোদিনী লক্ষ্মীর হয় কৃষ্ণে অভিলাষ ।
ইহাতে কি দোষ, কেনে কর পরিহাস ॥ ১১৯ ॥
vinodinī lakṣmīra haya kṛṣṇe abhilāṣa
ihāte ki doṣa, kene kara parihāsa

Synonyms

vinodinīthe enjoyer; lakṣmīraof the goddess of fortune; hayathere is; kṛṣṇefor Lord Kṛṣṇa; abhilāṣadesire; ihātein this; kiwhat; doṣafault; kenewhy; karaYou do; parihāsajoking.

Translation

Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa further explained, “Mother Lakṣmī, the goddess of fortune, is also an enjoyer of transcendental bliss; therefore if she wanted to enjoy herself with Kṛṣṇa, what fault is there? Why are You joking so about this?”
প্রভু কহে, — দোষ নাহি, ইহা আমি জানি ।
রাস না পাইল লক্ষ্মী, শাস্ত্রে ইহা শুনি ॥ ১২০ ॥
prabhu kahe, — doṣa nāhi, ihā āmi jāni
rāsa nā pāila lakṣmī, śāstre ihā śuni

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord replied; doṣa nāhithere is no fault; ihā āmi jānithis I know; rāsa pāila lakṣmīLakṣmī, the goddess of fortune, could not join the rāsa dance; śāstre ihā śuniwe get this information from revealed scriptures.

Translation

Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “I know that there is no fault on the part of the goddess of fortune, but still she could not enter into the rāsa dance. We hear this from the revealed scriptures.
নায়ং শ্রিয়োঽঙ্গ উ নিতান্তরতেঃ প্রসাদঃ ।
স্বর্যোষিতাং নলিনগন্ধরুচাং কুতোঽন্যাঃ ।
রাসোৎসবেঽস্য ভুজদণ্ডগৃহীতকণ্ঠ-
লব্ধাশিষাং য উদগাদ‌্‌ব্রজসুন্দরীণাম্ ॥ ১২১ ॥
nāyaṁ śriyo ’ṅga u nitānta-rateḥ prasādaḥ
svar-yoṣitāṁ nalina-gandha-rucāṁ kuto ’nyāḥ
rāsotsave ’sya bhuja-daṇḍa-gṛhīta-kaṇṭha-
labdhāśiṣāṁ ya udagād vraja-sundarīṇām

Synonyms

nanot; ayamthis; śriyaḥof the goddess of fortune; aṅgeon the chest; ualas; nitānta-rateḥone who is very intimately related; prasādaḥthe favor; svaḥof the heavenly planets; yoṣitāmof women; nalinaof the lotus flower; gandhahaving the aroma; rucāmand bodily luster; kutaḥmuch less; anyāḥothers; rāsa-utsavein the festival of the rāsa dance; asyaof Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa; bhuja-daṇḍaby the arms; gṛhītaembraced; kaṇṭhatheir necks; labdha-āśiṣāmwho achieved such a blessing; yaḥwhich; udagātbecame manifest; vraja-sundarīṇāmof the beautiful gopīs, the transcendental girls of Vrajabhūmi.

Translation

“ ‘When Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa was dancing with the gopīs in the rāsa-līlā, the gopīs were embraced around the neck by the Lord’s arms. This transcendental favor was never bestowed upon the goddess of fortune or the other consorts in the spiritual world. Nor was such a thing ever imagined by the most beautiful girls in the heavenly planets, girls whose bodily luster and aroma exactly resemble the beauty and fragrance of lotus flowers. And what to speak of worldly women, who may be very, very beautiful according to material estimation?’

Purport

This is a verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.47.60).
লক্ষ্মী কেনে না পাইল, ইহার কি কারণ ।
তপ করি’ কৈছে কৃষ্ণ পাইল শ্রুতিগণ ॥ ১২২ ॥
lakṣmī kene nā pāila, ihāra ki kāraṇa
tapa kari’ kaiche kṛṣṇa pāila śruti-gaṇa

Synonyms

lakṣmīthe goddess of fortune; kenewhy; did not; pāilaget; ihāraof this; kiwhat; kāraṇacause; tapa kari’undergoing severe austerities; aichehow; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; pāilaattained; śruti-gaṇaVedic authorities.

Translation

“But can you tell Me why the goddess of fortune, Lakṣmī, could not enter the rāsa dance? The authorities of Vedic knowledge could enter the dance and associate with Kṛṣṇa.
নিভৃতমরুন্মনোঽক্ষদৃঢ়যোগযুজো হৃদি য-
ন্মুনয় উপাসতে তদরয়োঽপি যযুঃ স্মরণাৎ ।
স্ত্রিয় উরগেন্দ্র-ভোগভুজদণ্ডবিষক্ত-ধিয়ো
বয়মপি তে সমাঃ সমদৃশোঽঙ্ঘ্রিসরোজসুধাঃ ॥ ১২৩ ॥
nibhṛta-marun-mano-’kṣa-dṛḍha-yoga-yujo hṛdi yan-
munaya upāsate tad arayo ’pi yayuḥ smaraṇāt
striya uragendra-bhoga-bhuja-daṇḍa-viṣakta-dhiyo
vayam api te samāḥ samadṛśo ’ṅghri-saroja-sudhāḥ

Synonyms

nibhṛtacontrolled; marutthe life air; manaḥthe mind; akṣathe senses; dṛḍhastrong; yogain the mystic yoga process; yujaḥwho are engaged; hṛdiwithin the heart; yatwho; munayaḥthe great sages; upāsateworship; tatthat; arayaḥthe enemies; apialso; yayuḥobtain; smaraṇātfrom remembering; striyaḥthe gopīs; uraga-indraof serpents; bhogalike the bodies; bhujathe arms; daṇḍalike rods; viṣaktafastened to; dhiyaḥwhose minds; vayam apiwe also; teYour; samāḥequal to them; sama-dṛśaḥhaving the same ecstatic emotions; aṅghri-sarojaof the lotus feet; sudhāḥthe nectar.

Translation

“ ‘Great sages conquer the mind and senses by practicing the mystic yoga system and controlling the breath. Thus engaging in mystic yoga, they see the Supersoul within their hearts and ultimately enter into impersonal Brahman. But even the enemies of the Supreme Personality of Godhead attain that position simply by thinking of the Supreme Lord. However, the damsels of Vraja, the gopīs, being attracted by the beauty of Kṛṣṇa, simply wanted to embrace Him and His arms, which are like serpents. Thus the gopīs ultimately tasted the nectar of the lotus feet of the Lord. Similarly, we Upaniṣads can also taste the nectar of His lotus feet by following in the footsteps of the gopīs.’ ”

Purport

শ্রুতি পায়, লক্ষ্মী না পায়, ইথে কি কারণ ।
ভট্ট কহে, — ইহা প্রবেশিতে নারে মোর মন ॥ ১২৪ ॥
śruti pāya, lakṣmī nā pāya, ithe ki kāraṇa
bhaṭṭa kahe, — ihā praveśite nāre mora mana

Synonyms

śruti pāyathe Vedic authorities got admission; lakṣmī pāyaand the goddess of fortune could not get admission; ithe ki kāraṇawhat must be the reason for this; bhaṭṭa kaheVeṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa replied; ihāthis; praveśiteto enter; nāreis not able; moramy; manamind.

Translation

Having been asked by Caitanya Mahāprabhu why the goddess of fortune could not enter into the rāsa dance whereas the authorities on Vedic knowledge could, Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa replied, “I cannot enter into the mysteries of this behavior.”
আমি জীব, — ক্ষুদ্রবুদ্ধি, সহজে অস্থির ।
ঈশ্বরের লীলা — কোটিসমুদ্র-গম্ভীর ॥ ১২৫ ॥
āmi jīva, — kṣudra-buddhi, sahaje asthira
īśvarera līlā — koṭi-samudra-gambhīra

Synonyms

āmi jīvaI am an ordinary living being; kṣudra-buddhipossessing limited intelligence; sahaje asthiravery easily agitated; īśvarera līlāthe pastimes of the Lord; koṭi-samudraas millions of oceans; gambhīraas deep.

Translation

Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa then said, “I am an ordinary human being. Since my intelligence is very limited and I am easily agitated, my mind cannot enter within the deep ocean of the pastimes of the Lord.
তুমি সাক্ষাৎ সেই কৃষ্ণ, জান নিজকর্ম ।
যারে জানাহ, সেই জানে তোমার লীলামর্ম ॥ ১২৬ ॥
tumi sākṣāt sei kṛṣṇa, jāna nija-karma
yāre jānāha, sei jāne tomāra līlā-marma

Synonyms

tumiYou; sākṣātdirectly; seithat; kṛṣṇathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; jānaYou know; nija-karmaYour activities; yāre jānāhaand unto whom You make it known; seithat person; jāneknows; tomāraYour; līlā-marmathe purport of the pastimes.

Translation

“You are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa Himself. You know the purport of Your activities, and the person whom You enlighten can also understand Your pastimes.”

Purport

The Supreme Personality of Godhead Kṛṣṇa and His pastimes cannot be understood by blunt material senses. One has to purify the senses by rendering transcendental loving service unto the Lord. When the Lord is pleased and reveals Himself, one can understand the transcendental form, name, qualities and pastimes of the Lord. This is confirmed in the Kaṭha Upaniṣad (2.23) and Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad (3.2.3): yam evaiṣa vṛṇute tena labhyas tasyaiṣa ātmā vivṛṇute tanūṁ svām. “Anyone who is favored by the Supreme Personality of Godhead can understand His transcendental name, qualities, form and pastimes.”
প্রভু কহে, — কৃষ্ণের এক স্বভাব বিলক্ষণ ।
স্বমাধুর্যে সর্ব চিত্ত করে আকর্ষণ ॥ ১২৭ ॥
prabhu kahe, — kṛṣṇera eka svabhāva vilakṣaṇa
sva-mādhurye sarva citta kare ākarṣaṇa

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord replied; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; ekaone; svabhāvacharacteristic; vilakṣaṇaspecial; sva-mādhuryeHis conjugal love; sarvaall; cittahearts; karedoes; ākarṣaṇaattraction.

Translation

The Lord replied, “Lord Kṛṣṇa has a special characteristic: He attracts everyone’s heart by the mellow of His personal conjugal love.
ব্রজলোকের ভাবে পাইয়ে তাঁহার চরণ ।
তাঁরে ঈশ্বর করি’ নাহি জানে ব্রজজন ॥ ১২৮ ॥
vraja-lokera bhāve pāiye tāṅhāra caraṇa
tāṅre īśvara kari’ nāhi jāne vraja-jana

Synonyms

vraja-lokeraof the inhabitants of Goloka Vṛndāvana; bhāvein the ecstasy; pāiyeone gets; tāṅhāraLord Kṛṣṇa’s; caraṇalotus feet; tāṅreunto Him; īśvarathe Supreme Person; kari’accepting; nāhido not; jāneknow; vraja-janathe inhabitants of Vrajabhūmi.

Translation

“By following in the footsteps of the inhabitants of the planet known as Vrajaloka or Goloka Vṛndāvana, one can attain the shelter of the lotus feet of Śrī Kṛṣṇa. However, in that planet the inhabitants do not know that Lord Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
কেহ তাঁরে পুত্র-জ্ঞানে উদুখলে বান্ধে ।
কেহ সখা-জ্ঞানে জিনি’ চড়ে তাঁর কান্ধে ॥ ১২৯ ॥
keha tāṅre putra-jñāne udukhale bāndhe
keha sakhā-jñāne jini’ caḍe tāṅra kāndhe

Synonyms

kehasomeone; tāṅreHim; putra-jñāneby accepting as a son; udukhaleto a big mortar; bāndheties; kehasomeone; sakhā-jñāneby accepting as a friend; jini’conquering; caḍegets up; tāṅraHis; kāndheon the shoulder.

Translation

“There someone may accept Him as a son and sometimes bind Him to a grinding mortar. Someone else may accept Him as an intimate friend and, attaining victory over Him, playfully mount His shoulders.
‘ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দন’ বলি’ তাঁরে জানে ব্রজজন ।
ঐশ্বর্যজ্ঞানে নাহি কোন সম্বন্ধ-মানন ॥ ১৩০ ॥
‘vrajendra-nandana’ bali’ tāṅre jāne vraja-jana
aiśvarya-jñāne nāhi kona sambandha-mānana

Synonyms

vrajendra-nandanathe son of Nanda Mahārāja, the King of Vrajabhūmi; bali’as; tāṅreHim; jāneknow; vraja-janathe inhabitants of Vrajabhūmi; aiśvarya-jñānein opulence; nāhithere is not; konaany; sambandharelationship; mānanaregarding.

Translation

“The inhabitants of Vrajabhūmi know Kṛṣṇa as the son of Mahārāja Nanda, the King of Vrajabhūmi, and they consider that they can have no relationship with the Lord in the rasa of opulence.
ব্রজলোকের ভাবে যেই করয়ে ভজন ।
সেই জন পায় ব্রজে ব্রজেন্দ্রনন্দন ॥ ১৩১ ॥
vraja-lokera bhāve yei karaye bhajana
sei jana pāya vraje vrajendra-nandana

Synonyms

vraja-lokeraof the inhabitants of Vrajabhūmi; bhāvein the ecstasy; yeianyone who; karayedoes; bhajanaworship; sei janathat person; pāyaattains; vrajein Vraja; vrajendra-nandanaLord Kṛṣṇa, the son of Mahārāja Nanda.

Translation

“One who worships the Lord by following in the footsteps of the inhabitants of Vrajabhūmi attains Him in the transcendental planet of Vraja, where He is known as the son of Mahārāja Nanda.”

Purport

The inhabitants of Vrajabhūmi, or Goloka Vṛndāvana, know Kṛṣṇa as the son of Mahārāja Nanda. They do not accept Him as the Supreme Personality of Godhead, as people in general do. The Lord is the supreme maintainer of everyone and the chief personality among all personalities. In Vrajabhūmi Kṛṣṇa is certainly the central point of love, but no one knows Him there as the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Rather, a person may know Him as a friend, son, lover or master. In any case, the center is Kṛṣṇa. The inhabitants of Vrajabhūmi are related to the Lord in servitude, friendship, parental love and conjugal love. A person engaged in devotional service may accept any one of these transcendental relationships, which are known as mellows. When such a person reaches the perfectional stage, he returns home, back to Kṛṣṇa, in his pure spiritual identity.
নায়ং সুখাপো ভগবান্ দেহিনাং গোপিকাসুতঃ ।
জ্ঞানিনাং চাত্মভূতানাং যথা ভক্তিমতামিহ ॥ ১৩২ ॥
nāyaṁ sukhāpo bhagavān
dehināṁ gopikā-sutaḥ
jñānināṁ cātma-bhūtānāṁ
yathā bhakti-matām iha

Synonyms

nanot; ayamthis Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa; sukha-āpaḥeasily available; bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; dehināmfor materialistic persons who have accepted the body as the self; gopikā-sutaḥthe son of mother Yaśodā; jñānināmfor persons addicted to mental speculation; caand; ātma-bhūtānāmfor persons performing severe austerities and penances; yathāas; bhakti-matāmfor persons engaged in spontaneous devotional service; ihain this world.

Translation

Caitanya Mahāprabhu then quoted, “ ‘The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, the son of mother Yaśodā, is accessible to those devotees engaged in spontaneous loving service, but He is not as easily accessible to mental speculators, to those striving for self-realization by severe austerities and penances, or to those who consider the body the same as the self.’

Purport

This verse, also given in Madhya-līlā 8.227, is quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.9.21).
শ্রুতিগণ গোপীগণের অনুগত হঞা ।
ব্রজেশ্বরীসুত ভজে গোপীভাব লঞা ॥ ১৩৩ ॥
śruti-gaṇa gopī-gaṇera anugata hañā
vrajeśvarī-suta bhaje gopī-bhāva lañā

Synonyms

śruti-gaṇathe authorities of Vedic hymns; gopī-gaṇeraof the gopīs; anugata hañāfollowing in the footsteps; vrajeśvarī-sutathe son of mother Yaśodā; bhajeworship; gopī-bhāvathe ecstasy of the gopīs; lañāaccepting.

Translation

“The authorities in the Vedic literature who are known as the śruti-gaṇas worshiped Lord Kṛṣṇa in the ecstasy of the gopīs and followed in their footsteps.

Purport

The authorities in the Vedic literature who are known as the śruti-gaṇas desired to enter into Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa’s rāsa dance; therefore they began to worship the Lord in the ecstasy of the gopīs. In the beginning, however, they were unsuccessful. When they could not enter the dance simply by thinking of Kṛṣṇa in the ecstasy of the gopīs, they actually accepted bodies like those of the gopīs. They even took birth in Vrajabhūmi just like the gopīs and consequently became engrossed in the ecstasy of the gopīs’ love. In this way they were allowed to enter into the rāsa-līlā dance of the Lord.
বাহ্যান্তরে গোপীদেহ ব্রজে যবে পাইল ।
সেই দেহে কৃষ্ণসঙ্গে রাসক্রীড়া কৈল ॥ ১৩৪ ॥
bāhyāntare gopī-deha vraje yabe pāila
sei dehe kṛṣṇa-saṅge rāsa-krīḍā kaila

Synonyms

bāhya-antareexternally and internally; gopī-dehathe body of a gopī; vrajein Vrajabhūmi; yabewhen; pāilathey got; sei dehein that body; kṛṣṇa-saṅgewith Kṛṣṇa; rāsa-krīḍāpastimes of the rāsa dance; kailaperformed.

Translation

“The personified authorities on the Vedic hymns acquired bodies like those of the gopīs and took birth in Vrajabhūmi. In those bodies they were allowed to enter into the Lord’s rāsa-līlā dance.
গোপজাতি কৃষ্ণ, গোপী — প্রেয়সী তাঁহার ।
দেবী বা অন্য স্ত্রী কৃষ্ণ না করে অঙ্গীকার ॥ ১৩৫ ॥
gopa-jāti kṛṣṇa, gopī — preyasī tāṅhāra
devī vā anya strī kṛṣṇa nā kare aṅgīkāra

Synonyms

gopa-jātibelonging to the cowherd community; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; gopīthe damsels of Vrajabhūmi, the gopīs; preyasīdearmost; tāṅhāraHis; devīthe wives of the demigods; or; anyaother; strīwomen; kṛṣṇaLord Kṛṣṇa; does not; karedo; aṅgīkāraacceptance.

Translation

“Lord Kṛṣṇa belongs to the cowherd community, and the gopīs are the dearmost lovers of Kṛṣṇa. Although the wives of the denizens of the heavenly planets are most opulent within the material world, neither they nor any other women in the material universe can acquire Kṛṣṇa’s association.
লক্ষ্মী চাহে সেই দেহে কৃষ্ণের সঙ্গম ।
গোপিকা-অনুগা হঞা না কৈল ভজন ॥ ১৩৬ ॥
lakṣmī cāhe sei dehe kṛṣṇera saṅgama
gopikā-anugā hañā nā kaila bhajana

Synonyms

lakṣmīthe goddess of fortune; cāhewants; seithat; dehein the body; kṛṣṇera saṅgamathe association of Kṛṣṇa; gopikāof the gopīs; anugāfollower; hañābecoming; did not; kailaperform; bhajanaworship.

Translation

“The goddess of fortune, Lakṣmī, wanted to enjoy Kṛṣṇa and at the same time retain her spiritual body in the form of Lakṣmī. However, she did not follow in the footsteps of the gopīs in her worship of Kṛṣṇa.
অন্য দেহে না পাইয়ে রাসবিলাস ।
অতএব ‘নায়ং’ শ্লোক কহে বেদব্যাস ॥ ১৩৭ ॥
anya dehe nā pāiye rāsa-vilāsa
ataeva ‘nāyaṁ’ śloka kahe veda-vyāsa

Synonyms

anya dehein a body other than those of the gopīs; not; pāiyeone gets; rāsa-vilāsathe pastimes of the rāsa dance; ataevatherefore; nāyambeginning with the word nāyam; ślokathe Sanskrit verse; kahesays; veda-vyāsaDvaipāyana Vedavyāsa.

Translation

“Vyāsadeva, the supreme authority on Vedic literature, composed the verse beginning ‘nāyaṁ sukhāpo bhagavān’ because no one can enter into the rāsa-līlā dance in any body other than that of a gopī.”

Purport

This verse confirms a verse of the Bhagavad-gītā (9.25):
yānti deva-vratā devānpitṝn yānti pitṛ-vratāḥ
bhūtāni yānti bhūtejyā
yānti mad-yājino ’pi mām
Lord Kṛṣṇa said, “Those who worship the demigods will take birth among the demigods, those who worship the ancestors go to the ancestors, those who worship ghosts and spirits will take birth among such beings, and those who worship Me will live with Me.”
In the material world, every conditioned soul changes his material body again and again, but when the spirit soul is purified of all material coverings, there is no longer a chance of his accepting a material body. Such a soul then remains in his original, spiritual identity, a state that is possible to achieve only by understanding Kṛṣṇa in truth through the practice of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. As Kṛṣṇa says in the Bhagavad-gītā (4.9),
janma karma ca me divyamevaṁ yo vetti tattvataḥ
tyaktvā dehaṁ punar janma
naiti mām eti so ’rjuna
“One who knows the transcendental nature of My appearance and activities does not, upon leaving the body, take his birth again in this material world, but attains My eternal abode, O Arjuna.”
Only when one regains his original spiritual body can he enter into the spiritual kingdom. As far as the rāsa-līlā pastimes of the Lord are concerned, it is futile for one who is within the material world to attempt to imitate the Lord’s dances. One has to attain a spiritual body like that of a gopī to enter into the pastimes of the rāsa-līlā. In the nāyaṁ sukhāpo verse, the devotees are referred to as bhaktimat, that is, fully engaged in devotional service and devoid of material contamination. One cannot enter into Kṛṣṇa’s rāsa-līlā dance simply by artificially imitating it or artificially thinking oneself a sakhī and dressing up like one. Kṛṣṇa’s rāsa-līlā dance is completely spiritual; it has nothing to do with material contamination. Therefore no one can enter into this pastime by artificial, material means. That is the instruction of the nāyaṁ sukhāpo verse, and it must be strictly understood.
পূর্বে ভট্টের মনে এক ছিল অভিমান ।
‘শ্রীনারায়ণ’ হয়েন স্বয়ং-ভগবান্ ॥ ১৩৮ ॥
pūrve bhaṭṭera mane eka chila abhimāna
‘śrī-nārāyaṇa’ hayena svayaṁ-bhagavān

Synonyms

pūrvebefore this; bhaṭṭeraof Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa; manein the mind; ekaone; chilathere was; abhimānaan impression; śrī-nārāyaṇathe form of the Lord as Nārāyaṇa; hayenais; svayampersonally; bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

Before this explanation was given by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa thought that Śrī Nārāyaṇa was the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
তাঁহার ভজন সর্বোপরি-কক্ষা হয় ।
‘শ্রী-বৈষ্ণবে’র ভজন এই সর্বোপরি হয় ॥ ১৩৯ ॥
tāṅhāra bhajana sarvopari-kakṣā haya
śrī-vaiṣṇave’ra bhajana ei sarvopari haya

Synonyms

tāṅhāra bhajanaworship of Nārāyaṇa; sarva-uparitopmost; kakṣādepartment; hayais; śrī-vaiṣṇaveraof the followers of Rāmānujācārya; bhajanaworship; eithis; sarva-upari hayais the topmost.

Translation

Thinking in this way, Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa believed that worship of Nārāyaṇa was the supreme form of worship, superior to all other processes of devotional service, for it was followed by the Śrī Vaiṣṇava disciples of Rāmānujācārya.
এই তাঁর গর্ব প্রভু করিতে খণ্ডন ।
পরিহাসদ্বারে উঠায় এতেক বচন ॥ ১৪০ ॥
ei tāṅra garva prabhu karite khaṇḍana
parihāsa-dvāre uṭhāya eteka vacana

Synonyms

eithis; tāṅrahis (Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa’s); garvapride; prabhuLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; karite khaṇḍanato curb; parihāsa-dvāreby joking; uṭhāyaraises; etekaso many; vacanawords.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu had understood this misconception of Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa’s, and to correct it the Lord talked so much in a joking way.
প্রভু কহে, — ভট্ট, তুমি না করিহ সংশয় ।
‘স্বয়ং-ভগবান্’ কৃষ্ণ এই ত’ নিশ্চয় ॥ ১৪১ ॥
prabhu kahe, — bhaṭṭa, tumi nā kariha saṁśaya
‘svayaṁ-bhagavān’ kṛṣṇa ei ta’ niścaya

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord said; bhaṭṭaMy dear Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa; tumiyou; karihado not do; saṁśayadoubt; svayam-bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; kṛṣṇais Lord Kṛṣṇa; ei ta’ niścayathis is the conclusion.

Translation

The Lord then continued, “My dear Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa, please do not continue doubting. Lord Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and this is the conclusion of the Vedic literatures.
কৃষ্ণের বিলাস-মূর্তি — শ্রীনারায়ণ ।
অতএব লক্ষ্মী-আদ্যের হরে তেঁহ মন ॥ ১৪২ ॥
kṛṣṇera vilāsa-mūrti — śrī-nārāyaṇa
ataeva lakṣmī-ādyera hare teṅha mana

Synonyms

kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; vilāsa-mūrtiform for enjoyment; śrī-nārāyaṇaLord Nārāyaṇa; ataevatherefore; lakṣmī-ādyeraof the goddess of fortune and her followers; hareattracts; teṅhaHe (Lord Nārāyaṇa); manathe mind.

Translation

“Lord Nārāyaṇa, the opulent form of Kṛṣṇa, attracts the minds of the goddess of fortune and her followers.
এতে চাংশকলাঃ পুংসঃ কৃষ্ণস্তু ভগবান্ স্বয়ম্ ।
ইন্দ্রারিব্যাকুলং লোকং মৃড়য়ন্তি যুগে যুগে ॥ ১৪৩ ॥
ete cāṁśa-kalāḥ puṁsaḥ
kṛṣṇas tu bhagavān svayam
indrāri-vyākulaṁ lokaṁ
mṛḍayanti yuge yuge

Synonyms

etethese; caand; aṁśaplenary portions; kalāḥparts of plenary portions; puṁsaḥof the puruṣa-avatāras; kṛṣṇaḥLord Kṛṣṇa; tubut; bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayamHimself; indra-arithe enemies of Lord Indra; vyākulamfull of; lokamthe world; mṛḍayantimake happy; yuge yugeat the right time in each age.

Translation

“ ‘All these incarnations of Godhead are either plenary portions or parts of the plenary portions of the puruṣa-avatāras. But Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. In every age He protects the world through His different features when the world is disturbed by the enemies of Indra.’

Purport

This is a verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.3.28).
নারায়ণ হৈতে কৃষ্ণের অসাধারণ গুণ ।
অতএব লক্ষ্মীর কৃষ্ণে তৃষ্ণা অনুক্ষণ ॥ ১৪৪ ॥
nārāyaṇa haite kṛṣṇera asādhāraṇa guṇa
ataeva lakṣmīra kṛṣṇe tṛṣṇā anukṣaṇa

Synonyms

nārāyaṇa haiteover and above Nārāyaṇa; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; asādhāraṇa guṇauncommon qualities; ataevatherefore; lakṣmīraof the goddess of fortune; kṛṣṇeunto Kṛṣṇa; tṛṣṇādesire; anukṣaṇaalways.

Translation

“Because Kṛṣṇa has four extraordinary qualities not possessed by Lord Nārāyaṇa, the goddess of fortune, Lakṣmī, always desires His company.

Purport

Lord Nārāyaṇa has sixty transcendental qualities. Over and above these, Kṛṣṇa has four extraordinary transcendental qualities absent in Lord Nārāyaṇa. These four qualities are (1) His wonderful pastimes, which are compared to an ocean, (2) His association in the circle of the supreme devotees in conjugal love (the gopīs), (3) His playing on the flute, whose vibration attracts the three worlds, and (4) His extraordinary beauty, which surpasses the beauty of the three worlds. Lord Kṛṣṇa’s beauty is unequaled and unsurpassed.
তুমি যে পড়িলা শ্লোক, সে হয় প্রমাণ ।
সেই শ্লোকে আইসে ‘কৃষ্ণ — স্বয়ং ভগবান্’ ॥ ১৪৫ ॥
tumi ye paḍilā śloka, se haya pramāṇa
sei śloke āise ‘kṛṣṇa — svayaṁ bhagavān’

Synonyms

tumiyou; yewhich; paḍilāhave recited; ślokaverse; sethat; hayais; pramāṇaevidence; sei ślokein that verse; āise kṛṣṇaKṛṣṇa is; svayam bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

“You have recited the śloka beginning with ‘siddhāntatas tv abhede ’pi.’ That very verse is evidence that Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
সিদ্ধান্ততস্ত্বভেদেঽপি শ্রীশ-কৃষ্ণস্বরূপয়োঃ ।
রসেনোৎকৃষ্যতে কৃষ্ণরূপমেষা রসস্থিতিঃ ॥ ১৪৬ ॥
siddhāntatas tv abhede ’pi
śrīśa-kṛṣṇa-svarūpayoḥ
rasenotkṛṣyate kṛṣṇa-
rūpam eṣā rasa-sthitiḥ

Synonyms

siddhāntataḥin reality; tubut; abhedeno difference; apialthough; śrī-īśaof the husband of Lakṣmī, Nārāyaṇa; kṛṣṇaof Lord Kṛṣṇa; svarūpayoḥbetween the forms; rasenaby transcendental mellows; utkṛṣyateis superior; kṛṣṇa-rūpamthe form of Lord Kṛṣṇa; eṣāthis; rasa-sthitiḥthe reservoir of pleasure.

Translation

“ ‘According to transcendental realization, there is no difference between the forms of Kṛṣṇa and Nārāyaṇa. Yet in Kṛṣṇa there is a special transcendental attraction due to the conjugal mellow, and consequently He surpasses Nārāyaṇa. This is the conclusion of transcendental mellows.’

Purport

This is a verse from the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (1.2.59). Here Śrīla Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja says that Lord Caitanya spoke the verse to Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa, and earlier he said that Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa spoke it to the Lord. But since their conversation took place long, long before the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu was composed, the question my be raised as to how either of them quoted the verse. Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura explains that this verse and many others like it were current among devotees long before the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu was composed. Thus devotees would always quote them and explain their purport in ecstasy.
‘স্বয়ং ভগবান্ ‘কৃষ্ণ’ হরে লক্ষ্মীর মন ।
গোপিকার মন হরিতে নারে ‘নারায়ণ’ ॥ ১৪৭ ॥
svayaṁ bhagavān ‘kṛṣṇa’ hare lakṣmīra mana
gopikāra mana harite nāre ‘nārāyaṇa’

Synonyms

svayam bhagavānthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; kṛṣṇais Lord Kṛṣṇa; hareattracts; lakṣmīraof the goddess of fortune; manathe mind; gopikāraof the gopīs; manathe minds; hariteto attract; nāreis not able; nārāyaṇaLord Nārāyaṇa.

Translation

“The Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, attracts the mind of the goddess of fortune, but Lord Nārāyaṇa cannot attract the minds of the gopīs. This proves the superexcellence of Kṛṣṇa.
নারায়নের কা কথা, শ্রীকৃষ্ণ আপনে ।
গোপিকারে হাস্য করাইতে হয় ‘নারায়ণে’ ॥ ১৪৮ ॥
nārāyaṇera kā kathā, śrī-kṛṣṇa āpane
gopikāre hāsya karāite haya ‘nārāyaṇe’

Synonyms

nārāyaṇeraof Lord Nārāyaṇa; kathāwhat to speak; śrī-kṛṣṇaLord Śrī Kṛṣṇa; āpaneHimself; gopikārethe gopīs; hāsya karāiteto make them jubilant; hayabecomes; nārāyaṇein the form of Nārāyaṇa.

Translation

“To say nothing of Lord Nārāyaṇa personally, Lord Kṛṣṇa Himself appeared as Nārāyaṇa just to play a joke on the gopīs.
‘চতুর্ভুজ-মূর্তি’ দেখায় গোপীগণের আগে ।
সেই ‘কৃষ্ণে’ গোপিকার নহে অনুরাগে ॥ ১৪৯ ॥
‘catur-bhuja-mūrti’ dekhāya gopī-gaṇera āge
sei ‘kṛṣṇe’ gopikāra nahe anurāge

Synonyms

catur-bhuja-mūrtifour-handed form; dekhāyaexhibits; gopī-gaṇeraof the gopīs; āgein front; sei kṛṣṇeunto that Kṛṣṇa; gopikāraof the gopīs; nahenot; anurāgeattraction.

Translation

“Although Kṛṣṇa assumed the four-armed form of Nārāyaṇa, He could not attract the serious attention of the gopīs in ecstatic love.
গোপীনাং পশুপেন্দ্রনন্দনজুষো ভাবস্য কস্তাং কৃতী
বিজ্ঞাতুং ক্ষমতে দুরূহপদবীসঞ্চারিণঃ প্রক্রিয়াম্ ।
আবিষ্কুর্বতি বৈষ্ণবীমপি তনুং তস্মিন্ ভুজৈর্জিষ্ণুভি-
র্যাসাং হন্ত চতুর্ভিরদ্ভুতরুচিং রাগোদয়ঃ কুঞ্চতি ॥ ১৫০ ॥
gopīnāṁ paśupendra-nandana-juṣo bhāvasya kas tāṁ kṛtī
vijñātuṁ kṣamate durūha-padavī-sañcāriṇaḥ prakriyām
āviṣkurvati vaiṣṇavīm api tanuṁ tasmin bhujair jiṣṇubhir
yāsāṁ hanta caturbhir adbhuta-ruciṁ rāgodayaḥ kuñcati

Synonyms

gopīnāmof the gopīs; paśupa-indra-nandana-juṣaḥof the service of the son of Vraja’s King, Mahārāja Nanda; bhāvasyaecstatic; kaḥwhat; tāmthat; kṛtīlearned man; vijñātumto understand; kṣamateis able; durūhavery difficult to understand; padavīthe position; sañcāriṇaḥwhich provokes; prakriyāmactivity; āviṣkurvatiHe manifests; vaiṣṇavīmof Viṣṇu; apicertainly; tanumthe body; tasminin that; bhujaiḥwith arms; jiṣṇubhiḥvery beautiful; yāsāmof whom (the gopīs); hantaalas; caturbhiḥfour; adbhutawonderfully; rucimbeautiful; rāga-udayaḥthe evoking of ecstatic feelings; kuñcaticripples.

Translation

“ ‘Once Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa playfully manifested Himself as Nārāyaṇa, with four victorious hands and a very beautiful form. When the gopīs saw this exalted form, however, their ecstatic feelings were crippled. A learned scholar, therefore, cannot understand the gopīs’ ecstatic feelings, which are firmly fixed upon the original form of Lord Kṛṣṇa as the son of Nanda Mahārāja. The wonderful feelings of the gopīs in ecstatic parama-rasa with Kṛṣṇa constitute the greatest mystery in spiritual life.’ ”

Purport

This is a verse spoken by Nārada Muni in the Lalita-mādhava-nāṭaka (6.14), a drama written by Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī.
এত কহি’ প্রভু তাঁর গর্ব চূর্ণ করিয়া ।
তাঁরে সুখ দিতে কহে সিদ্ধান্ত ফিরাইয়া ॥ ১৫১ ॥
eta kahi’ prabhu tāṅra garva cūrṇa kariyā
tāṅre sukha dite kahe siddhānta phirāiyā

Synonyms

eta kahi’saying this; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅrahis (of Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa); garvapride; cūrṇa kariyāsmashing into pieces; tāṅreunto him; sukha diteto give happiness; kahesays; siddhānta phirāiyāturning the whole conversation.

Translation

In this way Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu deflated the pride of Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa, but just to make him happy again, He spoke as follows.
দুঃখ না ভাবিহ, ভট্ট, কৈলুঁ পরিহাস ।
শাস্ত্রসিদ্ধান্ত শুন, যাতে বৈষ্ণব-বিশ্বাস ॥ ১৫২ ॥
duḥkha nā bhāviha, bhaṭṭa, kailuṅ parihāsa
śāstra-siddhānta śuna, yāte vaiṣṇava-viśvāsa

Synonyms

duḥkhaunhappiness; do not; bhāvihabear; bhaṭṭaMy dear Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa; kailuṅ parihāsaI was simply making a joke; śāstra-siddhāntathe conclusion of the revealed scriptures; śunahear; yātein which; vaiṣṇava-viśvāsathe faith of the Vaiṣṇavas.

Translation

The Lord pacified Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa by saying, “Actually whatever I have said is by way of jest. Now you can hear from Me the conclusion of the śāstras, in which every Vaiṣṇava devotee has firm faith.
কৃষ্ণ-নারায়ণ, যৈছে একই স্বরূপ ।
গোপী-লক্ষ্মী-ভেদ নাহি হয় একরূপ ॥ ১৫৩ ॥
kṛṣṇa-nārāyaṇa, yaiche eka-i svarūpa
gopī-lakṣmī-bheda nāhi haya eka-rūpa

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-nārāyaṇaLord Kṛṣṇa and Lord Nārāyaṇa; yaicheas; eka-ione; svarūpaform; gopīthe gopīs; lakṣmīthe goddess of fortune; bhedadifference; nāhithere is not; hayathere is; eka-rūpaone form.

Translation

“There is no difference between Lord Kṛṣṇa and Lord Nārāyaṇa, for They are of the same form. Similarly, there is no difference between the gopīs and the goddess of fortune, for they also are of the same form.
গোপীদ্বারে লক্ষ্মী করে কৃষ্ণসঙ্গাস্বাদ ।
ঈশ্বরত্বে ভেদ মানিলে হয় অপরাধ ॥ ১৫৪ ॥
gopī-dvāre lakṣmī kare kṛṣṇa-saṅgāsvāda
īśvaratve bheda mānile haya aparādha

Synonyms

gopī-dvārethrough the gopīs; lakṣmīthe goddess of fortune; karedoes; kṛṣṇa-saṅga-āsvādatasting the sweetness of the association of Lord Kṛṣṇa; īśvaratvein the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhedadifference; mānileif one considers; hayathere is; aparādhaoffense.

Translation

“The goddess of fortune enjoys the association of Kṛṣṇa through the gopīs. One should not differentiate between the forms of the Lord, for such a conception is offensive.
এক ঈশ্বর — ভক্তের ধ্যান-অনুরূপ ।
একই বিগ্রহে করে নানাকার রূপ ॥ ১৫৫ ॥
eka īśvara — bhaktera dhyāna-anurūpa
eka-i vigrahe kare nānākāra rūpa

Synonyms

eka īśvarathe Lord is one; bhakteraof the devotees; dhyānameditation; anurūpaaccording to; eka-ione; vigrahein form; kareexhibits; nānā-ākāradifferent; rūpaforms.

Translation

“There is no difference between the transcendental forms of the Lord. Different forms are manifested due to different attachments of different devotees. Actually the Lord is one, but He appears in different forms just to satisfy His devotees.

Purport

In the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.33) it is stated:
advaitam acyutam anādim ananta-rūpam
ādyaṁ purāṇa-puruṣaṁ nava-yauvanaṁ ca
The Lord is advaita, without differentiation. There is no difference between the forms of Kṛṣṇa, Rāma, Nārāyaṇa and Viṣṇu. All of Them are one. Sometimes foolish people ask whether when we chant “Rāma” in the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra we refer to Lord Rāmacandra or Lord Balarāma. If a devotee says that the name Rāma in the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra refers to Balarāma, a foolish person may become angry because to him the name Rāma refers to Lord Rāmacandra. Actually there is no difference between Balarāma and Lord Rāma. It does not matter whether one refers to Balarāma or to Lord Rāmacandra when chanting Hare Rāma, for there is no difference between Them. However, it is offensive to think that Balarāma is superior to Lord Rāmacandra or vice versa. Neophyte devotees do not understand this śāstric conclusion, and consequently they unnecessarily create an offensive situation. In text 154 Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu clarified this in a very lucid way: īśvaratve bheda mānile haya aparādha. “It is offensive for one to differentiate between the forms of the Lord.” On the other hand, one should not think that the forms of the Lord are the same as the forms of the demigods. This is certainly offensive, as confirmed by the Vaiṣṇava-tantra:
yas tu nārāyaṇaṁ devaṁbrahma-rudrādi-daivataiḥ
samatvenaiva vīkṣeta
sa pāṣaṇḍī bhaved dhruvam
“A pāṣaṇḍī is one who considers the great demigods such as Lord Brahmā and Lord Śiva equal to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nārāyaṇa.” (Hari-bhakti-vilāsa 7.117)
The conclusion is that we should neither differentiate between the forms of the Lord nor equate the forms of the Lord with the forms of demigods or human beings. For instance, sometimes foolish sannyāsīs, thinking the body of the Lord to be material, equate daridra-nārāyaṇa with Nārāyaṇa, and this is certainly offensive. Unless one is instructed by a bona fide spiritual master, he cannot perfectly understand these different forms. The Brahma-saṁhitā confirms, vedeṣu durlabham adurlabham ātma-bhaktau. One cannot understand the differences between the forms of the Lord simply by academic study or by reading Vedic literature. One must learn from a realized devotee. Only then can one learn how to distinguish between one form of the Lord and another. The conclusion is that there is no difference between the forms of the Lord, but there is a difference between His forms and those of the demigods.
মণির্যথা বিভাগেন নীলপীতাদিভির্যুতঃ ।
রূপভেদমবাপ্নোতি ধ্যানভেদাত্তথাচ্যুতঃ ॥ ১৫৬ ॥
maṇir yathā vibhāgena
nīla-pītādibhir yutaḥ
rūpa-bhedam avāpnoti
dhyāna-bhedāt tathācyutaḥ

Synonyms

maṇiḥjewel, specifically the jewel known as vaidūrya; yathāas; vibhāgenaseparately; nīlablue; pītayellow; ādibhiḥand with other colors; yutaḥjoined; rūpa-bhedamdifference of form; avāpnotigets; dhyāna-bhedātby different types of meditation; tathāsimilarly; acyutaḥthe infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

“ ‘When the jewel known as vaidūrya touches various other materials, it appears to be separated into different colors, and consequently its forms also appear different. Similarly, according to the meditational ecstasy of the devotee, the Lord, who is known as Acyuta [“the infallible one”], appears in different forms, although He is essentially one.’ ”

Purport

This is a verse quoted from Śrī Nārada-pañcarātra.
ভট্ট কহে, — কাহাঁ আমি জীব পামর ।
কাহাঁ তুমি সেই কৃষ্ণ, — সাক্ষাৎ ঈশ্বর ॥ ১৫৭ ॥
bhaṭṭa kahe, — kāhāṅ āmi jīva pāmara
kāhāṅ tumi sei kṛṣṇa, — sākṣāt īśvara

Synonyms

bhaṭṭa kaheVeṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa said; kāhāṅwhereas; āmiI; jīvaan ordinary living being; pāmarafallen; kāhāṅwhereas; tumiYou; sei kṛṣṇathe same Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa; sākṣāt īśvaradirectly the Lord.

Translation

Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa then said, “I am an ordinary fallen living entity, but You are Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself.
অগাধ ঈশ্বর-লীলা কিছুই না জানি ।
তুমি যেই কহ, সেই সত্য করি’ মানি ॥ ১৫৮ ॥
agādha īśvara-līlā kichui nā jāni
tumi yei kaha, sei satya kari’ māni

Synonyms

agādhaunfathomable; īśvara-līlāpastimes of the Lord; kichuianything; jāniI do not know; tumiYou; yeiwhatever; kahasay; sei satyathat is right; kari’ māniI accept.

Translation

“The transcendental pastimes of the Lord are unfathomable, and I do not know anything about them. Whatever You say I accept as the truth.

Purport

This is the way to understand the truth about the Supreme Personality of Godhead. After hearing the Bhagavad-gītā, Arjuna said very much the same thing:
sarvam etad ṛtaṁ manyeyan māṁ vadasi keśava
na hi te bhagavan vyaktiṁ
vidur devā na dānavāḥ
“O Kṛṣṇa, I totally accept as truth all that You have told me. Neither the demigods nor the demons, O Lord, can understand Your personality.” (Bg. 10.14)
It is not possible to understand the truth about the pastimes of the Lord simply by using our own logic, argument and academic education. We must receive bona fide information from the Supreme Personality of Godhead, just as Arjuna received information when Kṛṣṇa spoke the Bhagavad-gītā. We have to accept the Bhagavad-gītā or any other Vedic literature in good faith. These Vedic literatures are the only source of knowledge about the Lord. We must understand that we cannot comprehend the Absolute Truth by the speculative process.
মোরে পূর্ণ কৃপা কৈল লক্ষ্মী-নারায়ণ ।
তাঁর কৃপায় পাইনু তোমার চরণ-দরশন ॥ ১৫৯ ॥
more pūrṇa kṛpā kaila lakṣmī-nārāyaṇa
tāṅra kṛpāya pāinu tomāra caraṇa-daraśana

Synonyms

moreunto me; pūrṇacomplete; kṛpāmercy; kailadid; lakṣmī-nārāyaṇathe Deity of mother goddess of fortune and Nārāyaṇa; tāṅra kṛpāyaby Their mercy; pāinuI have gotten; tomāraYour; caraṇa-daraśanavision of the lotus feet.

Translation

“I have been engaged in the service of Lakṣmī-Nārāyaṇa, and it is due to Their mercy that I have been able to see Your lotus feet.
কৃপা করি’ কহিলে মোরে কৃষ্ণের মহিমা ।
যাঁর রূপ-গুণৈশ্বর্যের কেহ না পায় সীমা ॥ ১৬০ ॥
kṛpā kari’ kahile more kṛṣṇera mahimā
yāṅra rūpa-guṇaiśvaryera keha nā pāya sīmā

Synonyms

kṛpā kari’showing causeless mercy; kahileYou have spoken; moreunto me; kṛṣṇeraof Lord Kṛṣṇa; mahimāthe glories; yāṅrawhose; rūpa-guṇa-aiśvaryeraof forms, qualities and opulence; kehaanyone; not; pāyagets; sīmāthe limit.

Translation

“Out of Your causeless mercy You have told me of the glories of Lord Kṛṣṇa. No one can reach the end of the opulence, qualities and forms of the Lord.
এবে সে জানিনু কৃষ্ণভক্তি সর্বোপরি ।
কৃতার্থ করিলে, মোরে কহিলে কৃপা করি’ ॥ ১৬১ ॥
ebe se jāninu kṛṣṇa-bhakti sarvopari
kṛtārtha karile, more kahile kṛpā kari’

Synonyms

ebenow; sethat; jāninuI understand; kṛṣṇa-bhaktidevotional service to Lord Kṛṣṇa; sarva-upariabove all; kṛta-arthasuccessful; karileYou have made; moreunto me; kahileYou have spoken; kṛpā kari’by Your causeless mercy.

Translation

“I can now understand that devotional service unto Lord Kṛṣṇa is the supreme form of worship. Out of Your causeless mercy You have made my life successful simply by explaining the facts.”
এত বলি’ ভট্ট পড়িলা প্রভুর চরণে ।
কৃপা করি’ প্রভু তাঁরে কৈলা আলিঙ্গনে ॥ ১৬২ ॥
eta bali’ bhaṭṭa paḍilā prabhura caraṇe
kṛpā kari’ prabhu tāṅre kailā āliṅgane

Synonyms

eta bali’saying this; bhaṭṭaVeṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa; paḍilāfell down; prabhura caraṇeat the lotus feet of the Lord; kṛpā kari’showing him mercy; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅreunto him; kailādid; āliṅganeembracing.

Translation

After saying this, Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa fell down before the lotus feet of the Lord, and the Lord, out of His causeless mercy, embraced him.
চাতুর্মাস্য পূর্ণ হৈল, ভট্ট-আজ্ঞা লঞা ।
দক্ষিণ চলিলা প্রভু শ্রীরঙ্গ দেখিয়া ॥ ১৬৩ ॥
cāturmāsya pūrṇa haila, bhaṭṭa-ājñā lañā
dakṣiṇa calilā prabhu śrī-raṅga dekhiyā

Synonyms

cāturmāsyathe period of Cāturmāsya; pūrṇa hailabecame completed; bhaṭṭa-ājñā lañātaking permission from Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa; dakṣiṇasouth; calilāproceeded; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; śrī-raṅga dekhiyāvisiting Śrī Raṅga.

Translation

When the period of Cāturmāsya was completed, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu took permission to leave from Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa, and after visiting Śrī Raṅga, He proceeded further toward southern India.
সঙ্গেতে চলিলা ভট্ট, না যায় ভবনে ।
তাঁরে বিদায় দিলা প্রভু অনেক যতনে ॥ ১৬৪ ॥
saṅgete calilā bhaṭṭa, nā yāya bhavane
tāṅre vidāya dilā prabhu aneka yatane

Synonyms

saṅgetealong with Him; calilābegan to go; bhaṭṭaVeṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa; yāya bhavanedoes not return to his home; tāṅreunto him; vidāya dilāgave farewell; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; aneka yatanewith great endeavor.

Translation

Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa did not want to return home but also wanted to go with the Lord. It was with great endeavor that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu bade him farewell.
প্রভুর বিয়োগে ভট্ট হৈল অচেতন ।
এই রঙ্গলীলা করে শচীর নন্দন ॥ ১৬৫ ॥
prabhura viyoge bhaṭṭa haila acetana
ei raṅga-līlā kare śacīra nandana

Synonyms

prabhura viyogeon account of separation from Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhaṭṭaVeṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa; hailabecame; acetanaunconscious; eithis; raṅga-līlāpastime at Śrī Raṅga-kṣetra; karedoes; śacīra nandanathe son of mother Śacī.

Translation

When He did so, Veṅkaṭa Bhaṭṭa fell down unconscious. Such are the pastimes of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the son of mother Śacī, at Śrī Raṅga-kṣetra.
ঋষভ-পর্বতে চলি’ আইলা গৌরহরি ।
নারায়ণ দেখিলা তাঁহা নতি-স্তুতি করি’ ॥ ১৬৬ ॥
ṛṣabha-parvate cali’ āilā gaurahari
nārāyaṇa dekhilā tāṅhā nati-stuti kari’

Synonyms

ṛṣabha-parvateto the Ṛṣabha Hill; cali’walking; āilāarrived; gaurahariLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nārāyaṇathe Deity of Lord Nārāyaṇa; dekhilāsaw; tāṅhāthere; nati-stuti kari’offering obeisances and prayers.

Translation

When the Lord arrived at Ṛṣabha Hill, He saw the temple of Lord Nārāyaṇa and offered obeisances and various prayers.

Purport

Ṛṣabha Hill (Ānāgaḍa-malaya-parvata) lies twelve miles north of Madurai City, in the district of Madurai, in southern Tamil Nadu. It is one of the mountains known as the Kuṭakācalas. Nearby Ṛṣabha Hill is the forest where Lord Ṛṣabhadeva burned Himself to ashes.
পরমানন্দপুরী তাহাঁ রহে চতুর্মাস ।
শুনি’ মহাপ্রভু গেলা পুরী-গোসাঞির পাশ ॥ ১৬৭ ॥
paramānanda-purī tāhāṅ rahe catur-māsa
śuni’ mahāprabhu gelā purī-gosāñira pāśa

Synonyms

paramānanda-purīParamānanda Purī; tāhāṅthere; raheremained; catur-māsafour months; śuni’hearing; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; gelāwent; purīParamānanda Purī; gosāñirathe spiritual master; pāśanear.

Translation

Paramānanda Purī had stayed at Ṛṣabha Hill during the four months of the rainy season, and when Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu heard this, He immediately went to see him.
পুরী-গোসাঞির প্রভু কৈল চরণ-বন্দন ।
প্রেমে পুরী গোসাঞি তাঁরে কৈল আলিঙ্গন ॥ ১৬৮ ॥
purī-gosāñira prabhu kaila caraṇa vandana
preme purī gosāñi tāṅre kaila āliṅgana

Synonyms

purī-gosāñiraof Paramānanda Purī; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kailadid; caraṇa vandanaworship of the lotus feet; premein ecstasy; purī gosāñiParamānanda Purī; tāṅreunto Him; kailadid; āliṅganaembracing.

Translation

Upon meeting Paramānanda Purī, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu offered him all respects, touching his lotus feet, and Paramānanda Purī embraced the Lord in ecstasy.
তিনদিন প্রেমে দোঁহে কৃষ্ণকথা-রঙ্গে ।
সেই বিপ্র-ঘরে দোঁহে রহে-একসঙ্গে ॥ ১৬৯ ॥
tina-dina preme doṅhe kṛṣṇa-kathā-raṅge
sei vipra-ghare doṅhe rahe eka-saṅge

Synonyms

tina-dinathree days; premein ecstasy; doṅheboth; kṛṣṇa-kathādiscussing topics of Kṛṣṇa; raṅgein jubilation; sei vipra-gharein the home of a brāhmaṇa; doṅheboth of them; rahestayed; eka-saṅgetogether.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu stayed with Paramānanda Purī in the brāhmaṇa’s house where he was residing. The two of them passed three days there discussing topics of Kṛṣṇa.
পুরী-গোসাঞি বলে, — আমি যাব পুরুষোত্তমে ।
পুরুষোত্তম দেখি’ গৌড়ে যাব গঙ্গাস্নানে ॥ ১৭০ ॥
purī-gosāñi bale, — āmi yāba puruṣottame
puruṣottama dekhi’ gauḍe yāba gaṅgā-snāne

Synonyms

purī-gosāñiParamānanda Purī; balesaid; āmiI; yābashall go; puruṣottameto Jagannātha Purī; puruṣottama dekhi’after visiting Jagannātha Purī; gauḍe yābaI shall go to Bengal; gaṅgā-snānefor bathing in the Ganges.

Translation

Paramānanda Purī informed Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu that he was going to see Puruṣottama at Jagannātha Purī. After seeing Lord Jagannātha there, he would go to Bengal to bathe in the Ganges.
প্রভু কহে, — তুমি পুনঃ আইস নীলাচলে ।
আমি সেতুবন্ধ হৈতে আসিব অল্পকালে ॥ ১৭১ ॥
prabhu kahe, — tumi punaḥ āisa nīlācale
āmi setubandha haite āsiba alpa-kāle

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord said; tumiyou; punaḥagain; āisacome; nīlācaleto Jagannātha Purī; āmiI; setubandha haitefrom Rāmeśvara; āsibashall return; alpa-kālevery soon.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then told him, “Please return to Jagannātha Purī, for I will return there very soon from Rāmeśvara [Setubandha].
তোমার নিকটে রহি, — হেন বাঞ্ছা হয় ।
নীলাচলে আসিবে মোরে হঞা সদয় ॥ ১৭২ ॥
tomāra nikaṭe rahi, — hena vāñchā haya
nīlācale āsibe more hañā sadaya

Synonyms

tomāra nikaṭewith you; rahiI may stay; henasuch; vāñchā hayais My desire; nīlācaleto Jagannātha Purī; āsibeplease come; moreunto Me; hañābeing; sa-dayamerciful.

Translation

“It is My desire to stay with you, and therefore if you would return to Jagannātha Purī, you would show great mercy to Me.”
এত বলি’ তাঁর ঠাঞি এই আজ্ঞা লঞা ।
দক্ষিণে চলিলা প্রভু হরষিত হঞা ॥ ১৭৩ ॥
eta bali’ tāṅra ṭhāñi ei ājñā lañā
dakṣiṇe calilā prabhu haraṣita hañā

Synonyms

eta bali’saying this; tāṅra ṭhāñifrom him; ei ājñā lañātaking permission; dakṣiṇe calilādeparted for southern India; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; haraṣita hañābeing very pleased.

Translation

After talking in this way with Paramānanda Purī, the Lord took his permission to leave and, very pleased, departed for southern India.
পরমানন্দ পুরী তবে চলিলা নীলাচলে ।
মহাপ্ৰভু চলি চলি আইলা শ্রীশৈলে ॥ ১৭৪ ॥
paramānanda purī tabe calilā nīlācale
mahāprabhu cali cali āilā śrī-śaile

Synonyms

paramānanda purīParamānanda Purī; tabethen; calilā nīlācaledeparted for Jagannātha Purī; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; cali caliwalking; āilācame; śrī-śaileto Śrī Śaila.

Translation

Thus Paramānanda Purī started for Jagannātha Purī, and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu began walking toward Śrī Śaila.

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura remarks, “Which Śrī Śaila is being indicated by Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī is not clearly understood. There is no temple of Mallikārjuna in this area because the Śrī Śaila located in the district of Dhārwād cannot possibly be there. That Śrī Śaila is on the southern side of Belgaum, and the Śiva temple of Mallikārjuna is located there. (Refer to text 15 of this chapter.) It is said that on that hill Lord Śiva lived with Devī. Also, Lord Brahmā lived there with all the demigods.”
শিব-দুর্গা রহে তাহাঁ ব্রাহ্মণের বেশে ।
মহাপ্রভু দেখি’ দোঁহার হইল উল্লাসে ॥ ১৭৫ ॥
śiva-durgā rahe tāhāṅ brāhmaṇera veśe
mahāprabhu dekhi’ doṅhāra ha-ila ullāse

Synonyms

śiva-durgāLord Śiva and his wife, Durgā; rahe tāhāṅstayed there; brāhmaṇera veśein the dress of brāhmaṇas; mahāprabhu dekhi’seeing Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; doṅhāraof both of them; ha-ilathere was; ullāsegreat pleasure.

Translation

In Śrī Śaila Lord Śiva and his wife Durgā lived in the dress of brāhmaṇas, and when they saw Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, they became very pleased.
তিন দিন ভিক্ষা দিল করি’ নিমন্ত্রণ ।
নিভৃতে বসি’ গুপ্তবার্তা কহে দুই জন ॥ ১৭৬ ॥
tina dina bhikṣā dila kari’ nimantraṇa
nibhṛte vasi’ gupta-vārtā kahe dui jana

Synonyms

tina dinafor three days; bhikṣā dilaoffered alms; kari’ nimantraṇainviting Him; nibhṛtein a solitary place; vasi’sitting together; gupta-vārtāconfidential talks; kahespeak; dui janaboth of them.

Translation

Lord Śiva, dressed like a brāhmaṇa, gave alms to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and invited Him to spend three days in a solitary place. Sitting there together, they talked very confidentially.
তাঁর সঙ্গে মহাপ্রভু করি ইষ্টগোষ্ঠী ।
তাঁর আজ্ঞা লঞা আইলা পুরী কামকোষ্ঠী ॥ ১৭৭ ॥
tāṅra saṅge mahāprabhu kari iṣṭagoṣṭhī
tāṅra ājñā lañā āilā purī kāmakoṣṭhī

Synonyms

tāṅra saṅgewith him; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kari iṣṭa-goṣṭhīdiscussing spiritual subject matter; tāṅrahis; ājñāorder; lañātaking; āilācame; purī kāmakoṣṭhīto Kāmakoṣṭhī-purī.

Translation

After talking with Lord Śiva, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu took his permission to leave and went to Kāmakoṣṭhī-purī.
দক্ষিণ-মথুরা আইলা কামকোষ্ঠী হৈতে ।
তাহাঁ দেখা হৈল এক ব্রাহ্মণ-সহিতে ॥ ১৭৮ ॥
dakṣiṇa-mathurā āilā kāmakoṣṭhī haite
tāhāṅ dekhā haila eka brāhmaṇa-sahite

Synonyms

dakṣiṇa-mathurāat southern Mathurā; āilāarrived; kāmakoṣṭhī haitefrom Kāmakoṣṭhī; tāhāṅthere; dekhā hailaHe met; ekaone; brāhmaṇa-sahitewith a brāhmaṇa..

Translation

When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu arrived at southern Mathurā from Kāmakoṣṭhī, He met a brāhmaṇa.

Purport

Southern Mathurā, presently known as Madurai, is situated on the banks of the Bhāgāi River. This place of pilgrimage is specifically meant for the devotees of Lord Śiva; therefore it is called Śaiva-kṣetra, that is, the place where Lord Śiva is worshiped. In this area there are mountains and forests. There are also two Śiva temples, one known as Rāmeśvara and the other known as Sundareśvara. There is also a temple to Devī called the Mīnākṣī-devī temple, which displays very great architectural craftsmanship. It was built under the supervision of the kings of the Pāṇḍya Dynasty, and when the Muslims attacked this temple, as well as the temple of Sundareśvara, great damage was done. In the Christian year 1372, a king named Kampanna Udaiyara reigned on the throne of Madurai. Long ago, Emperor Kulaśekhara ruled this area, and during his reign he established a colony of brāhmaṇas. A well-known king named Anantaguṇa Pāṇḍya is an eleventh-generation descendant of Emperor Kulaśekhara.
সেই বিপ্র মহাপ্রভুকে কৈল নিমন্ত্রণ ।
রামভক্ত সেই বিপ্র — বিরক্ত মহাজন ॥ ১৭৯ ॥
sei vipra mahāprabhuke kaila nimantraṇa
rāma-bhakta sei vipra — virakta mahājana

Synonyms

sei viprathat brāhmaṇa; mahāprabhukeunto Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kailadid; nimantraṇainvitation; rāma-bhaktadevotee of Lord Rāmacandra; seithat; viprabrāhmaṇa; viraktavery much detached; mahājanaa great devotee and authority.

Translation

The brāhmaṇa who met Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu invited the Lord to his home. This brāhmaṇa was a great devotee and an authority on Lord Śrī Rāmacandra. He was always detached from material activities.
কৃতমালায় স্নান করি’ আইলা তাঁর ঘরে ।
ভিক্ষা কি দিবেন বিপ্র, — পাক নাহি করে ॥ ১৮০ ॥
kṛtamālāya snāna kari’ āilā tāṅra ghare
bhikṣā ki dibena vipra, — pāka nāhi kare

Synonyms

kṛtamālāyain the Kṛtamālā River; snāna kari’bathing; āilācame; tāṅraof the brāhmaṇa; ghareto the home; bhikṣāoffering of alms; ki dibenawhat shall give; viprathe brāhmaṇa; pākacooking; nāhi karedid not do.

Translation

After bathing in the river Kṛtamālā, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to the brāhmaṇa’s house to take lunch, but He saw that the food was unprepared because the brāhmaṇa had not cooked it.
মহাপ্রভু কহে তাঁরে, — শুন মহাশয় ।
মধ্যাহ্ন হৈল, কেনে পাক নাহি হয় ॥ ১৮১ ॥
mahāprabhu kahe tāṅre, — śuna mahāśaya
madhyāhna haila, kene pāka nāhi haya

Synonyms

mahāprabhu kaheŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; tāṅreunto him; śuna mahāśayaplease hear, My dear sir; madhya-ahna hailait is already noon; kenewhy; pāka nāhi hayayou did not cook.

Translation

Seeing this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “My dear sir, please tell Me why you have not cooked. It is already noon.”
বিপ্র কহে, — প্রভু, মোর অরণ্যে বসতি ।
পাকের সামগ্রী বনে না মিলে সম্প্রতি ॥ ১৮২ ॥
vipra kahe, — prabhu, mora araṇye vasati
pākera sāmagrī vane nā mile samprati

Synonyms

vipra kahethe brāhmaṇa replied; prabhuO Lord; moramy; araṇyein the forest; vasatiresidence; pākera sāmagrīthe ingredients for cooking; vanein the forest; mileare not available; sampratiat this time.

Translation

The brāhmaṇa replied, “My dear Lord, we are living in the forest. For the time being we cannot get all the ingredients for cooking.
বন্য শাক-ফল-মূল আনিবে লক্ষ্মণ ।
তবে সীতা করিবেন পাক-প্রয়োজন ॥ ১৮৩ ॥
vanya śāka-phala-mūla ānibe lakṣmaṇa
tabe sītā karibena pāka-prayojana

Synonyms

vanyaof the forest; śākavegetables; phala-mūlafruits and roots; ānibewill bring; lakṣmaṇaLakṣmaṇa; tabethat time; sītāmother Sītā; karibenawill do; pāka-prayojanathe necessary cooking.

Translation

“When Lakṣmaṇa brings all the vegetables, fruits and roots from the forest, Sītā will do the necessary cooking.”
তাঁর উপাসনা শুনি’ প্রভু তুষ্ট হৈলা ।
আস্তে-ব্যস্তে সেই বিপ্র রন্ধন করিলা ॥ ১৮৪ ॥
tāṅra upāsanā śuni’ prabhu tuṣṭa hailā
āste-vyaste sei vipra randhana karilā

Synonyms

tāṅrahis; upāsanāmethod of worship; śuni’hearing; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tuṣṭa hailāwas very pleased; āste-vyastewith great haste; seithat; viprabrāhmaṇa; randhana karilābegan to cook.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was very satisfied to hear about the brāhmaṇa’s method of worship. Finally the brāhmaṇa hastily made arrangements for cooking.
প্রভু ভিক্ষা কৈল দিনের তৃতীয়প্রহরে ।
নির্বিণ্ণ সেই বিপ্র উপবাস করে ॥ ১৮৫ ॥
prabhu bhikṣā kaila dinera tṛtīya-prahare
nirviṇṇa sei vipra upavāsa kare

Synonyms

prabhuLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhikṣā kailatook His luncheon; dineraof the day; tṛtīya-prahareat about three o’clock; nirviṇṇasorrowful; seithat; viprabrāhmaṇa; upavāsa karefasted.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu took His lunch at about three o’clock, but the brāhmaṇa, being very sorrowful, fasted.
প্রভু কহে, — বিপ্র কাঁহে কর উপবাস ।
কেনে এত দুঃখ, কেনে করহ হুতাশ ॥ ১৮৬ ॥
prabhu kahe, — vipra kāṅhe kara upavāsa
kene eta duḥkha, kene karaha hutāśa

Synonyms

prabhu kaheLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; vipraMy dear brāhmaṇa; kāṅhewhy; kara upavāsayou are fasting; kenewhy; etaso much; duḥkhaunhappiness; kenewhy; karaha hutāśayou express so much worry.

Translation

While the brāhmaṇa was fasting, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu asked him, “Why are you fasting? Why are you so unhappy? Why are you so worried?”
বিপ্র কহে, — জীবনে মোর নাহি প্রয়োজন ।
অগ্নি-জলে প্রবেশিয়া ছাড়িব জীবন ॥ ১৮৭ ॥
vipra kahe,jīvane mora nāhi prayojana
agni-jale praveśiyā chāḍiba jīvana

Synonyms

vipra kahethe brāhmaṇa said; jīvane morafor my life; nāhithere is not; prayojananecessity; agniin fire; jalein water; praveśiyāentering; chāḍibaI shall give up; jīvanalife.

Translation

The brāhmaṇa replied, “I have no reason to live. I shall give up my life by entering either fire or water.
জগন্মাতা মহালক্ষ্মী সীতা-ঠাকুরাণী ।
রাক্ষসে স্পর্শিল তাঁরে, — ইহা কানে শুনি ॥ ১৮৮ ॥
jagan-mātā mahā-lakṣmī sītā-ṭhākurāṇī
rākṣase sparśila tāṅre, — ihā kāne śuni

Synonyms

jagat-mātāthe mother of the universe; mahā-lakṣmīthe supreme goddess of fortune; sītā-ṭhākurāṇīmother Sītā; rākṣasethe demon Rāvaṇa; sparśilatouched; tāṅreher; ihāthis; kāne śuniI have heard.

Translation

“My dear Sir, mother Sītā is the mother of the universe and the supreme goddess of fortune. She has been touched by the demon Rāvaṇa, and I am troubled upon hearing this news.
এ শরীর ধরিবারে কভু না যুয়ায় ।
এই দুঃখে জ্বলে দেহ, প্রাণ নাহি যায় ॥ ১৮৯ ॥
e śarīra dharibāre kabhu nā yuyāya
ei duḥkhe jvale deha, prāṇa nāhi yāya

Synonyms

e śarīrathis body; dharibāreto keep; kabhuever; not; yuyāyadeserve; ei duḥkhein this unhappiness; jvale dehamy body is burning; prāṇamy life; nāhi yāyadoes not go away.

Translation

“Sir, due to my unhappiness I cannot continue living. Although my body is burning, my life is not leaving.”
প্রভু কহে, — এ ভাবনা না করিহ আর ।
পণ্ডিত হঞা কেনে না করহ বিচার ॥ ১৯০ ॥
prabhu kahe, — e bhāvanā nā kariha āra
paṇḍita hañā kene nā karaha vicāra

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord said; e bhāvanāthis kind of thinking; do not; karihado; āraanymore; paṇḍita hañābeing a learned paṇḍita; kenawhy; karahayou do not make; vicāraconsideration.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “Please do not think this way any longer. You are a learned paṇḍita. Why don’t you consider the case?”
ঈশ্বর-প্রেয়সী সীতা — চিদানন্দমূর্তি ।
প্রাকৃত-ইন্দ্রিয়ের তাঁরে দেখিতে নাহি শক্তি ॥ ১৯১ ॥
īśvara-preyasī sītācid-ānanda-mūrti
prākṛta-indriyera tāṅre dekhite nāhi śakti

Synonyms

īśvara-preyasīthe dearmost wife of the Lord; sītāmother Sītā; cit-ānanda-mūrtispiritual blissful form; prākṛtamaterial; indriyeraof the senses; tāṅreher; dekhiteto see; nāhithere is not; śaktipower.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “Sītādevī, the dearmost wife of the Supreme Lord Rāmacandra, certainly has a spiritual form full of bliss. No one can see her with material eyes, for no materialist has such power.
স্পর্শিবার কার্য আছুক, না পায় দর্শন ।
সীতার আকৃতি-মায়া হরিল রাবণ ॥ ১৯২ ॥
sparśibāra kārya āchuka, nā pāya darśana
sītāra ākṛti-māyā harila rāvaṇa

Synonyms

sparśibārato touch; kāryabusiness; āchukalet it be; does not; pāyaget; darśanasight; sītāraof mother Sītā; ākṛti-māyāthe form made of māyā; harilatook away; rāvaṇathe demon Rāvaṇa.

Translation

“To say nothing of touching mother Sītā, a person with material senses cannot even see her. When Rāvaṇa kidnapped her, he kidnapped only her material, illusory form.
রাবণ আসিতেই সীতা অন্তর্ধান কৈল ।
রাবণের আগে মায়া-সীতা পাঠাইল ॥ ১৯৩ ॥
rāvaṇa āsitei sītā antardhāna kaila
rāvaṇera āge māyā-sītā pāṭhāila

Synonyms

rāvaṇathe demon Rāvaṇa; āsiteias soon as he arrived; sītāmother Sītā; antardhāna kailadisappeared; rāvaṇera āgebefore the demon Rāvaṇa; māyā-sītāillusory, material form of Sītā; pāṭhāilasent.

Translation

“As soon as Rāvaṇa arrived before Sītā, she disappeared. Then just to cheat Rāvaṇa she sent an illusory, material form.
অপ্রাকৃত বস্তু নহে প্রাকৃত-গোচর ।
বেদ-পুরাণেতে এই কহে নিরন্তর ॥ ১৯৪ ॥
aprākṛta vastu nahe prākṛta-gocara
veda-purāṇete ei kahe nirantara

Synonyms

aprākṛtaspiritual; vastusubstance; nahenot; prākṛtaof matter; gocarawithin the jurisdiction; veda-purāṇetethe Vedas and the Purāṇas; eithis; kahesay; nirantaraalways.

Translation

“Spiritual substance is never within the jurisdiction of the material conception. This is always the verdict of the Vedas and Purāṇas.”

Purport

As stated in the Kaṭha Upaniṣad (2.3.9, 12):
na sandṛśe tiṣṭhati rūpam asya
na cakṣuṣā paśyati kaścanainam
hṛdā manīṣā manasābhikḷpto
ya etad vidur amṛtās te bhavanti
naiva vācā na manasāprāptuṁ śakyo na cakṣuṣā
“Spirit is not within the jurisdiction of material eyes, words or mind.”
yasyātma-buddhiḥ kuṇape tri-dhātuke
sva-dhīḥ kalatrādiṣu bhauma ijya-dhīḥ
yat-tīrtha-buddhiḥ salile na karhicij
janeṣv abhijñeṣu sa eva go-kharaḥ
“A human being who identifies his body made of three elements with his self, who considers the by-products of his body to be his kinsmen, who considers the land of his birth worshipable, and who goes to a place of pilgrimage simply to take a bath rather than to meet men of transcendental knowledge there is to be considered like an ass or a cow.”
These are some Vedic statements about spiritual substance. Spiritual substance cannot be seen by the unintelligent, because they do not have the eyes or the mentality to see the spirit soul. Consequently they think that there is no such thing as spirit. But the followers of the Vedic injunctions take their information from Vedic statements, such as the verses from the Kaṭha Upaniṣad and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam quoted above..
বিশ্বাস করহ তুমি আমার বচনে ।
পুনরপি কু-ভাবনা না করিহ মনে ॥ ১৯৫ ॥
viśvāsa karaha tumi āmāra vacane
punarapi ku-bhāvanā nā kariha mane

Synonyms

viśvāsa karahabelieve; tumiyou; āmāraMy; vacanein the words; punarapiagain; ku-bhāvanāmisconception; karihado not do; manein the mind.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then assured the brāhmaṇa, “Have faith in My words and do not burden your mind any longer with this misconception.”

Purport

This is the process of spiritual understanding. Acintyāḥ khalu ye bhāvā na tāṁs tarkeṇa yojayet: “We should not try to understand things beyond our material conception by argument and counterargument.” Mahā-jano yena gataḥ sa panthāḥ: “We have to follow in the footsteps of great authorities coming down in the paramparā system.” If we approach a bona fide ācārya and keep faith in his words, spiritual realization will be easy.
প্রভুর বচনে বিপ্রের হইল বিশ্বাস ।
ভোজন করিল, হৈল জীবনের আশ ॥ ১৯৬ ॥
prabhura vacane viprera ha-ila viśvāsa
bhojana karila, haila jīvanera āśa

Synonyms

prabhura vacanein the words of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vipreraof the brāhmaṇa; ha-ilawas; viśvāsafaith; bhojana karilahe took his lunch; hailathere was; jīvanerafor living; āśahope.

Translation

Although the brāhmaṇa was fasting, he had faith in the words of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and accepted food. In this way his life was saved.
তাঁরে আশ্বাসিয়া প্রভু করিলা গমন ।
কৃতমালায় স্নান করি আইলা দুর্বশন ॥ ১৯৭ ॥
tāṅre āśvāsiyā prabhu karilā gamana
kṛtamālāya snāna kari āilā durvaśana

Synonyms

tāṅre āśvāsiyāassuring him; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; karilā gamanadeparted; kṛtamālāyain the river known as Kṛtamālā; snāna karibathing; āilācame; durvaśanato Durvaśana.

Translation

After thus assuring the brāhmaṇa, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu proceeded further into southern India and finally arrived at Durvaśana, where He bathed in the river Kṛtamālā.

Purport

Presently the Kṛtamālā River is known as the river Bhāgāi or Vaigai. This river has three tributaries, named Surulī, Varāha-nadī and Baṭṭilla-guṇḍu. The river Kṛtamālā is also mentioned in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.5.39) by the sage Karabhājana.
দুর্বশনে রঘুনাথে কৈল দরশন ।
মহেন্দ্র-শৈলে পরশুরামের কৈল বন্দন ॥ ১৯৮ ॥
durvaśane raghunāthe kaila daraśana
mahendra-śaile paraśurāmera kaila vandana

Synonyms

durvaśaneat Durvaśana; raghunātheLord Rāmacandra; kaila daraśanaŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu visited; mahendra-śaileon Mahendra-śaila; paraśu-rāmerato Lord Paraśurāma; kaila vandanaoffered prayers.

Translation

At Durvaśana Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu visited the temple of Lord Rāmacandra, and on the hill known as Mahendra-śaila He saw Lord Paraśurāma.

Purport

In Durvaśana, or Darbhaśayana (now known as Tiruppullani), which is seven miles east of Ramnad, there is a temple of Lord Rāmacandra. The hill known as Mahendra-śaila is near Tirunelveli, and at the end of this hill is a city known as Tiruchendur. West of Mahendra-śaila is the territory of Tribāṅkura. There is mention of Mahendra-śaila in the Rāmāyaṇa.
সেতুবন্ধে আসি’ কৈল ধনুস্তীর্থে স্নান ।
রামেশ্বর দেখি’ তাহাঁ করিল বিশ্রাম ॥ ১৯৯ ॥
setubandhe āsi’ kaila dhanus-tīrthe snāna
rāmeśvara dekhi’ tāhāṅ karila viśrāma

Synonyms

setubandhe āsi’coming to Setubandha; kailadid; dhanuḥ-tīrthe snānabathing at the holy place known as Dhanus-tīrtha; rāmeśvara dekhi’visiting the holy place Rāmeśvara; tāhāṅthere; karila viśrāmatook rest.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then went to Setubandha [Rāmeśvara], where He took His bath at the place called Dhanus-tīrtha. From there He visited the Rāmeśvara temple and then took rest.

Purport

The path from Mandapam through the ocean to the island known as Pambam consists partly of sand and partly of water. The island of Pambam is about seventeen miles long and six miles wide. On this island, four miles north of Pambam Harbour, is Setubandha, where the temple of Rāmeśvara is located. This is a temple of Lord Śiva, and the name Rāmeśvara indicates that he is a great personality whose worshipable Deity is Lord Rāma. Thus the Lord Śiva found in the temple of Rāmeśvara is a great devotee of Lord Rāmacandra. It is said, devī-pattanam ārabhya gaccheyuḥ setu-bandhanam: “After visiting the temple of the goddess Durgā, one should go to the temple of Rāmeśvara.”
In this area there are twenty-four different holy places, one of which is Dhanus-tīrtha, located about twelve miles southeast of Rāmeśvara. It is near the last station of the Southern Railway, a station called Ramnad. It is said that here, on the request of Rāvaṇa’s younger brother Vibhīṣaṇa, Lord Rāmacandra destroyed the bridge to Laṅkā with His bow while returning to His capital. It is also said that one who visits Dhanus-tīrtha is liberated from the cycle of birth and death, and that one who bathes there gets all the fruitive results of performing the yajña known as Agniṣṭoma.
বিপ্র-সভায় শুনে তাঁহা কূর্ম-পুরাণ ।
তার মধ্যে আইলা পতিব্রতা-উপাখ্যান ॥ ২০০ ॥
vipra-sabhāya śune tāṅhā kūrma-purāṇa
tāra madhye āilā pativratā-upākhyāna

Synonyms

vipra-sabhāyaamong the assembly of brāhmaṇas; śunehears; tāṅhāthere; kūrma-purāṇathe Kūrma Purāṇa; tāra madhyewithin that book; āilāthere was; pati-vratāof the chaste woman; upākhyānanarration.

Translation

There, among the brāhmaṇas, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu listened to the Kūrma Purāṇa, wherein is mentioned the chaste woman’s narration.

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura remarks that only two khaṇḍas of the Kūrma Purāṇa are now available, namely the Pūrva-khaṇḍa and Uttara-khaṇḍa. Sometimes it is said that the Kūrma Purāṇa contains six thousand verses, but according to Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam the original Kūrma Purāṇa contains seventeen thousand verses. It is considered the fifteenth of the the eighteen Mahā-purāṇas.
পতিব্রতা-শিরোমণি জনক-নন্দিনী ।
জগতের মাতা সীতা — রামের গৃহিণী ॥ ২০১ ॥
pativratā-śiromaṇi janaka-nandinī
jagatera mātā sītā — rāmera gṛhiṇī

Synonyms

pati-vratāchaste woman; śiromaṇithe topmost; janaka-nandinīis the daughter of King Janaka; jagateraof all the three worlds; mātāthe mother; sītāSītā; rāmeraof Lord Rāmacandra; gṛhiṇīwife.

Translation

Śrīmatī Sītādevī is the mother of the three worlds and the wife of Lord Rāmacandra. Among chaste women she is supreme, and she is the daughter of King Janaka.
রাবণ দেখিয়া সীতা লৈল অগ্নির শরণ ।
রাবণ হৈতে অগ্নি কৈল সীতাকে আবরণ ॥ ২০২ ॥
rāvaṇa dekhiyā sītā laila agnira śaraṇa
rāvaṇa haite agni kaila sītāke āvaraṇa

Synonyms

rāvaṇa dekhiyāafter seeing Rāvaṇa; sītāmother Sītā; lailatook; agniraof fire; śaraṇashelter; rāvaṇaRāvaṇa; haitefrom; agnifire; kailadid; sītākeunto mother Sītā; āvaraṇacovering.

Translation

When Rāvaṇa came to kidnap mother Sītā and she saw him, she took shelter of the fire-god, Agni. The fire-god covered the body of mother Sītā, and in this way she was protected from the hands of Rāvaṇa.
‘মায়াসীতা’রাবণ নিল, শুনিলা আখ্যানে ।
শুনি’ মহাপ্রভু হইল আনন্দিত মনে ॥ ২০৩ ॥
‘māyā-sītā’ rāvaṇa nila, śunilā ākhyāne
śuni’ mahāprabhu haila ānandita mane

Synonyms

māyā-sītāfalse, illusory Sītā; rāvaṇathe demon Rāvaṇa; nilatook; śunilāheard; ākhyānein the narration of the Kūrma Purāṇa; śuni’hearing this; mahāprabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; hailabecame; ānanditavery happy; manewithin the mind.

Translation

Upon hearing from the Kūrma Purāṇa how Rāvaṇa had kidnapped a false form of mother Sītā, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu became very satisfied.
সীতা লঞা রাখিলেন পার্বতীর স্থানে ।
‘মায়াসীতা’ দিয়া অগ্নি বঞ্চিলা রাবণে ॥ ২০৪ ॥
sītā lañā rākhilena pārvatīra sthāne
‘māyā-sītā’ diyā agni vañcilā rāvaṇe

Synonyms

sītā lañātaking away mother Sītā; rākhilenakept; pārvatīra sthānewith mother Pārvatī, or goddess Durgā; māyā-sītāthe false, illusory form of Sītā; diyādelivering; agnifire-god; vañcilācheated; rāvaṇethe demon Rāvaṇa.

Translation

The fire-god, Agni, took away the real Sītā and brought her to the place of Pārvatī, goddess Durgā. An illusory form of mother Sītā was then delivered to Rāvaṇa, and in this way Rāvaṇa was cheated.
রঘুনাথ আসি’ যবে রাবণে মারিল ।
অগ্নি-পরীক্ষা দিতে যবে সীতারে আনিল ॥ ২০৫ ॥
raghunātha āsi’ yabe rāvaṇe mārila
agni-parīkṣā dite yabe sītāre ānila

Synonyms

raghunāthaLord Rāmacandra; āsi’coming; yabewhen; rāvaṇeRāvaṇa; mārilakilled; agni-parīkṣātest by fire; diteto give; yabewhen; sītāreSītā; ānilabrought.

Translation

After Rāvaṇa was killed by Lord Rāmacandra, Sītādevī was brought before the fire and tested.
তবে মায়াসীতা অগ্নি করি অন্তর্ধান ।
সত্য-সীতা আনি’ দিল রাম-বিদ্যমান ॥ ২০৬ ॥
tabe māyā-sītā agni kari antardhāna
satya-sītā āni’ dila rāma-vidyamāna

Synonyms

tabeat that time; māyā-sītāthe illusory form of Sītā; agnithe fire-god; karidoing; antardhānadisappearing; satya-sītāreal Sītā; āni’bringing; diladelivered; rāmaof Rāmacandra; vidyamānain the presence.

Translation

When the illusory Sītā was brought before the fire by Lord Rāmacandra, the fire-god made the illusory form disappear and delivered the real Sītā to Lord Rāmacandra.
শুনিঞা প্রভুর আনন্দিত হৈল মন ।
রামদাস-বিপ্রের কথা হইল স্মরণ ॥ ২০৭ ॥
śuniñā prabhura ānandita haila mana
rāmadāsa-viprera kathā ha-ila smaraṇa

Synonyms

śuniñāhearing; prabhuraof Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; ānanditavery pleased; hailabecame; manathe mind; rāmadāsa-vipreraof the brāhmaṇa known as Rāmadāsa; kathāwords; ha-ila smaraṇaHe remembered.

Translation

When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu heard this story, He was very pleased, and He remembered the words of Rāmadāsa Vipra.
এ-সব সিদ্ধান্ত শুনি’ প্রভুর আনন্দ হৈল ।
ব্রাহ্মণের স্থানে মাগি’ সেই পত্র নিল ॥ ২০৮ ॥
e-saba siddhānta śuni’ prabhura ānanda haila
brāhmaṇera sthāne māgi’ sei patra nila

Synonyms

e-saba siddhāntaall these conclusive statements; śuni’hearing; prabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; ānandahappiness; hailathere was; brāhmaṇera sthānefrom the brāhmaṇas; māgi’asking; seithose; patraleaves; nilatook.

Translation

Indeed, when Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu heard these conclusive statements from the Kūrma Purāṇa, He felt great happiness. After asking the brāhmaṇas’ permission, He took possession of the manuscript leaves of the Kūrma Purāṇa.
নূতন পত্র লেখাঞা পুস্তকে দেওয়াইল ।
প্রতীতি লাগি’ পুরাতন পত্র মাগি’ নিল ॥ ২০৯ ॥
nūtana patra lekhāñā pustake deoyāila
pratīti lāgi’ purātana patra māgi’ nila

Synonyms

nūtananew; patraleaves; lekhāñāgetting written; pustakethe book; deoyāilaHe gave; pratīti lāgi’for direct evidence; purātanathe old; patraleaves; māgi’requesting; nilaHe took.

Translation

Since the Kūrma Purāṇa was very old, the manuscript was also very old. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu took possession of the original leaves in order to have direct evidence. The text was copied onto new leaves in order that the Purāṇa be replaced.
পত্র লঞা পুনঃ দক্ষিণ-মথুরা আইলা ।
রামদাস বিপ্রে সেই পত্র আনি দিলা ॥ ২১০ ॥
patra lañā punaḥ dakṣiṇa-mathurā āilā
rāmadāsa vipre sei patra āni dilā

Synonyms

patra lañātaking those leaves; punaḥagain; dakṣiṇa-mathurāto southern Mathurā; āilācame; rāmadāsa vipreunto the brāhmaṇa known as Rāmadāsa; sei patrathose leaves; ānibringing back; dilādelivered.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu returned to southern Mathurā [Madurai] and delivered the original manuscript of the Kūrma Purāṇa to Rāmadāsa Vipra.
সীতয়ারাধিতো বহ্নিশ্ছায়া-সীতামজীজনৎ ।
তাং জহার দশগ্রীবঃ সীতা বহ্নিপুরং গতা ॥ ২১১ ॥
পরীক্ষা-সময়ে বহ্নিং ছায়া-সীতা বিবেশ সা ।
বহ্নিঃ সীতাং সমানীয় তৎপুরস্তাদনীনয়ৎ ॥ ২১২ ॥
sītayārādhito vahniś
chāyā-sītām ajījanat
tāṁ jahāra daśa-grīvaḥ
sītā vahni-puraṁ gatā
parīkṣā-samaye vahniṁ
chāyā-sītā viveśa sā
vahniḥ sītāṁ samānīya
tat-purastād anīnayat

Synonyms

sītayāby mother Sītā; ārādhitaḥbeing called for; vahniḥthe fire-god; chāyā-sītāmthe illusory form of mother Sītā; ajījanatcreated; tāmher; jahārakidnapped; daśa-grīvaḥthe ten-faced Rāvaṇa; sītāmother Sītā; vahni-puramto the abode of the fire-god; gatādeparted; parīkṣā-samayeat the time of testing; vahnimthe fire; chāyā-sītāthe illusory form of Sītā; viveśaentered; she; vahniḥthe fire-god; sītāmthe original mother Sītā; samānīyabringing back; tat-purastātin His presence; anīnayatbrought back.

Translation

“When he was petitioned by mother Sītā, the fire-god, Agni, brought forth an illusory form of Sītā, and Rāvaṇa, who had ten heads, kidnapped the false Sītā. The original Sītā then went to the abode of the fire-god. When Lord Rāmacandra tested the body of Sītā, it was the false, illusory Sītā that entered the fire. At that time the fire-god brought the original Sītā from his abode and delivered her to Lord Rāmacandra.”

Purport

These two verses are taken from the Kūrma Purāṇa.
পত্র পাঞা বিপ্রের হৈল আনন্দিত মন ।
প্রভুর চরণে ধরি’ করয়ে ক্রন্দন ॥ ২১৩ ॥
patra pāñā viprera haila ānandita mana
prabhura caraṇe dhari’ karaye krandana

Synonyms

patra pāñāgetting the leaves; vipreraof the brāhmaṇa; hailathere was; ānanditapleased; manamind; prabhura caraṇethe lotus feet of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; dhari’taking; karayedoes; krandanacrying.

Translation

Rāmadāsa Vipra was very pleased to receive the original leaf manuscript of the Kūrma Purāṇa, and he immediately fell down before the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and began to cry.
বিপ্র কহে, — তুমি সাক্ষাৎ শ্রীরঘুনন্দন ।
সন্ন্যাসীর বেষে মোরে দিলা দরশন ॥ ২১৪ ॥
vipra kahe, — tumi sākṣāt śrī-raghunandana
sannyāsīra veṣe more dilā daraśana

Synonyms

vipra kahethe brāhmaṇa said; tumiYou; sākṣātdirectly; śrī-raghunandanaLord Śrī Rāmacandra; sannyāsīra veṣein the dress of a mendicant; moreunto me; dilāYou gave; daraśanaaudience.

Translation

After receiving the manuscript, the brāhmaṇa, being very pleased, said, “Sir, You are Lord Rāmacandra Himself and have come in the dress of a sannyāsī to give me audience.
মহা-দুঃখ হইতে মোরে করিলা নিস্তার ।
আজি মোর ঘরে ভিক্ষা কর অঙ্গীকার ॥ ২১৫ ॥
mahā-duḥkha ha-ite more karilā nistāra
āji mora ghare bhikṣā kara aṅgīkāra

Synonyms

mahā-duḥkhagreat unhappiness; ha-itefrom; moreme; karilā nistāraYou delivered; ājitoday; moramy; ghareat home; bhikṣālunch; karado; aṅgīkāraaccept.

Translation

“My dear Sir, You have delivered me from a very unhappy condition. I request that You take Your lunch at my place. Please accept this invitation.
মনোদুঃখে ভাল ভিক্ষা না দিল সেই দিনে ।
মোর ভাগ্যে পুনরপি পাইলুঁ দরশনে ॥ ২১৬ ॥
mano-duḥkhe bhāla bhikṣā nā dila sei dine
mora bhāgye punarapi pāiluṅ daraśane

Synonyms

mano-duḥkheout of great mental distress; bhāla bhikṣāgood lunch; dilacould not give You; sei dinethat day; mora bhāgyebecause of my good fortune; punarapiagain; pāiluṅI have gotten; daraśanevisit.

Translation

“Due to my mental distress I could not give You a very nice lunch the other day. Now, by good fortune, You have come again to my home.”
এত বলি’ সেই বিপ্র সুখে পাক কৈল ।
উত্তম প্রকারে প্রভুকে ভিক্ষা করাইল ॥ ২১৭ ॥
eta bali’ sei vipra sukhe pāka kaila
uttama prakāre prabhuke bhikṣā karāila

Synonyms

eta bali’saying this; sei viprathat brāhmaṇa; sukhein great happiness; pāka kailacooked; uttama prakārevery nicely; prabhukeunto Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhikṣālunch; karāilagave.

Translation

Saying this, the brāhmaṇa very happily cooked food, and a first-class dinner was offered to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
সেই রাত্রি তাহাঁ রহি’ তাঁরে কৃপা করি’ ।
পাণ্ড্যদেশে তাম্রপর্ণী গেলা গৌরহরি ॥ ২১৮ ॥
sei rātri tāhāṅ rahi’ tāṅre kṛpā kari’
pāṇḍya-deśe tāmraparṇī gelā gaurahari

Synonyms

sei rātrithat night; tāhāṅthere; rahi’staying; tāṅreunto the brāhmaṇa; kṛpā kari’showing mercy; pāṇḍya-deśein the country known as Pāṇḍya-deśa; tāmraparṇīto the river named Tāmraparṇī; gelāwent; gaurahariLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu passed that night in the house of the brāhmaṇa. Then, after showing him mercy, the Lord started toward the Tāmraparṇī River in Pāṇḍya-deśa.

Purport

Pāṇḍya-deśa is situated in the southern part of India known as Kerala and Cola. In all these areas there were many kings with the title Pāṇḍya who ruled over Madurai and Rāmeśvara. In the Rāmāyaṇa the Tāmraparṇī River is mentioned. The Tāmraparṇī, also known as the Puruṇai, flows through Tirunelveli before entering the Bay of Bengal. The Tāmraparṇī River is also mentioned in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.5.39).
তাম্রপর্ণী স্নান করি’ তাম্রপর্ণী-তীরে ।
নয় ত্রিপতি দেখি’ বুলে কুতূহলে ॥ ২১৯ ॥
tāmraparṇī snāna kari’ tāmraparṇī-tīre
naya tripati dekhi’ bule kutūhale

Synonyms

tāmraparṇīin the Tāmraparṇī River; snāna kari’taking a bath; tāmraparṇī-tīreon the bank of the Tāmraparṇī River; naya tripatithe place named Naya-tripati; dekhi’after seeing; bulewandered on; kutūhalein great curiosity.

Translation

There were nine temples of Lord Viṣṇu at Naya-tripati, on the bank of the river Tāmraparṇī, and after bathing in the river, Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu saw the Deities with great curiosity and wandered on.

Purport

The nine Viṣṇu temples known as Naya-tripati (Nava-tirupati) are situated in and around Ālvār Tirunagarai. This is a town about seventeen miles southeast of Tirunelveli. All the Deities of the temples assemble together during a yearly festival in the town.
চিয়ড়তলা তীর্থে দেখি’ শ্রীরাম-লক্ষ্মণ ।
তিলকাঞ্চী আসি’ কৈল শিব দরশন ॥ ২২০ ॥
ciyaḍatalā tīrthe dekhi’ śrī-rāma-lakṣmaṇa
tila-kāñcī āsi’ kaila śiva daraśana

Synonyms

ciyaḍatalānamed Ciyaḍatalā; tīrtheat the holy place; dekhi’seeing; śrī-rāma-lakṣmaṇathe Deity of Lord Rāma and Lakṣmaṇa; tila-kāñcīto Tila-kāñcī; āsi’coming; kailadid; śiva daraśanavisiting the temple of Lord Śiva.

Translation

After this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to a holy place known as Ciyaḍatalā, where He saw the Deities of the two brothers Lord Rāmacandra and Lakṣmaṇa. He then proceeded to Tila-kāñcī, where He saw the temple of Lord Śiva.

Purport

Ciyaḍatalā is sometimes known as Cheratalā. It is near the city of Kaila, and there is a temple there dedicated to Lord Śrī Rāmacandra and His brother Lakṣmaṇa. Tila-kāñcī (Tenkasi) is about thirty miles northeast of the city of Tirunelveli.
গজেন্দ্রমোক্ষণ-তীর্থে দেখি বিষ্ণুমূর্তি ।
পানাগড়ি-তীর্থে আসি’ দেখিল সীতাপতি ॥ ২২১ ॥
gajendra-mokṣaṇa-tīrthe dekhi viṣṇu-mūrti
pānāgaḍi-tīrthe āsi’ dekhila sītāpati

Synonyms

gajendra-mokṣaṇa-tīrtheat the holy place named Gajendra-mokṣaṇa; dekhiseeing; viṣṇu-mūrtithe Deity of Lord Viṣṇu; pānāgaḍi-tīrtheto the holy place Pānāgaḍi; āsi’coming; dekhilasaw; sītā-patiLord Śrī Rāmacandra and Sītādevī.

Translation

Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then visited the holy place named Gajendra-mokṣaṇa, where He went to a temple of Lord Viṣṇu. He then came to Pānāgaḍi, a holy place where He saw the Deities of Lord Rāmacandra and Sītā.

Purport

The Gajendra-mokṣaṇa temple is sometimes mistaken for a temple of Lord Śiva. It is about two miles south of the city of Kaivera (Nagercoil). Actually the Deity is not of Lord Śiva but of Viṣṇu.
Pānāgaḍi (Pannakudi) is about thirty miles south of Tirunelveli. Formerly the temple there contained the Deity of Śrī Rāmacandra, but later the devotees of Lord Śiva replaced Lord Rāmacandra with a deity of Lord Śiva named Rāmeśvara or Rāma-liṅga Śiva.
চাম্‌তাপুরে আসি’ দেখি’ শ্রীরাম-লক্ষ্মণ ।
শ্রীবৈকুণ্ঠে আসি’ কৈল বিষ্ণু দরশন ॥ ২২২ ॥
cāmtāpure āsi’ dekhi’ śrī-rāma-lakṣmaṇa
śrī-vaikuṇṭhe āsi’ kaila viṣṇu daraśana

Synonyms

cāmtāpureto Cāmtāpura; āsi’coming; dekhi’seeing; śrī-rāma-lakṣmaṇaLord Rāmacandra and Lakṣmaṇa; śrī-vaikuṇṭhe āsi’coming to Śrī Vaikuṇṭha; kailadid; viṣṇu daraśanaseeing the temple of Lord Viṣṇu.

Translation

Later the Lord went to Cāmtāpura, where He saw the Deities of Lord Rāmacandra and Lakṣmaṇa. He then went to Śrī Vaikuṇṭha and saw the temple of Lord Viṣṇu there.

Purport

Cāmtāpura (sometimes called Chengannur) is located in the state of Kerala. A temple of Lord Rāmacandra and Lakṣmaṇa is located there. Śrī Vaikuṇṭha — about four miles north of Ālvār Tirunagarai and sixteen miles southeast of Tirunelveli — is situated on the bank of the Tāmraparṇī River.
মলয়-পর্বতে কৈল অগস্ত্য-বন্দন ।
কন্যাকুমারী তাহাঁ কৈল দরশন ॥ ২২৩ ॥
malaya-parvate kaila agastya-vandana
kanyā-kumārī tāhāṅ kaila daraśana

Synonyms

malaya-parvatein the Malaya Hills; kailadid; agastya-vandanaobeisances to Agastya Muni; kanyā-kumārīKanyā-kumārī; tāhāṅthere; kaila daraśanavisited.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then went to Malaya-parvata and offered prayers to Agastya Muni. He then visited Kanyā-kumārī [Cape Comorin].

Purport

The range of mountains in South India beginning at Kerala and extending to Cape Comorin is called Malaya-parvata. Concerning Agastya, there are four opinions: (1) There is a temple of Agastya Muni in the village of Agastyampallī, in the district of Tanjore. (2) There is a temple of Lord Skanda on a hill known as Śiva-giri, and this temple is said to have been established by Agastya Muni. (3) Some say that the hill near Cape Comorin known as Paṭhiyā served as Agastya Muni’s residence. (4) There is a place known as Agastya-malaya, which is a range of hills on both sides of the Tāmraparṇī River. Cape Comorin itself is also known as Kanyā-kumārī.
আম্‌লিতলায় দেখি’ শ্রীরাম গৌরহরি ।
মল্লার-দেশেতে আইলা যথা ভট্টথারি ॥ ২২৪ ॥
āmlitalāya dekhi’ śrī-rāma gaurahari
mallāra-deśete āilā yathā bhaṭṭathāri

Synonyms

āmlitalāyaat Āmlitalā; dekhi’seeing; śrī-rāmathe Deity of Rāmacandra; gaurahariŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; mallāra-deśeteto Mallāra-deśa; āilācame; yathāwhere; bhaṭṭathārithe Bhaṭṭathāri community.

Translation

After visiting Kanyā-kumārī, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu came to Āmlitalā, where He saw the Deity of Śrī Rāmacandra. Thereafter He went to a place known as Mallāra-deśa, where a community of Bhaṭṭathāris lived.

Purport

North of Mallāra-deśa is South Kanara. To the east are Coorg and Mysore, to the south is Cochin, and to the west is the Arabian Sea. As far as the Bhaṭṭathāris are concerned, they are a nomadic community. They camp wherever they like and have no fixed place of residence. Outwardly they take up the dress of sannyāsīs, but their real business is stealing and cheating. They allure others to supply women for their camp, and they cheat many women and keep them within their community. In this way they increase their population. In Bengal also there is a similar community. Actually, all over the world there are nomadic communities whose business is simply to allure, cheat and steal innocent women.
তমাল-কার্তিক দেখি’ আইল বেতাপনি ।
রঘুনাথ দেখি’ তাহাঁ বঞ্চিলা রজনী ॥ ২২৫ ॥
tamāla-kārtika dekhi’ āila vetāpani
raghunātha dekhi’ tāhāṅ vañcilā rajanī

Synonyms

tamāla-kārtikathe place named Tamāla-kārtika; dekhi’seeing; āilacame; vetāpanito Vetāpani; raghunātha dekhi’seeing the temple of Lord Rāmacandra; tāhāṅthere; vañcilā rajanīpassed the night.

Translation

After visiting Mallāra-deśa, Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to Tamāla-kārtika and then to Vetāpani. There He saw the temple of Raghunātha, Lord Rāmacandra, and passed the night.

Purport

Tamāla-kārtika is forty-four miles south of Tirunelveli and two miles south of Aramavallī Mountain. It is located within the jurisdiction of Tovalai. At Tamāla-kārtika is a temple of Subrahmaṇya, or Lord Kārtika, the son of Lord Śiva.
Vetāpani, or Vātāpāṇī, is north of Kaila in the Tamil Nadu state. It is also known as Bhūtapaṇḍi and is within the jurisdiction of the Tobala district. It is understood that formerly there was a Deity of Lord Rāmacandra there. Later the Deity was replaced with a deity of Lord Śiva known as Rāmeśvara or Bhūtanātha.
গোসাঞির সঙ্গে রহে কৃষ্ণদাস ব্রাহ্মণ ।
ভট্টথারি-সহ তাহাঁ হৈল দরশন ॥ ২২৬ ॥
gosāñira saṅge rahe kṛṣṇadāsa brāhmaṇa
bhaṭṭathāri-saha tāhāṅ haila daraśana

Synonyms

gosāñirathe Lord; saṅgewith; rahethere was; kṛṣṇadāsa brāhmaṇaa brāhmaṇa servant named Kṛṣṇadāsa; bhaṭṭathāri-sahawith the Bhaṭṭathāris; tāhāṅthere; hailathere was; daraśanaa meeting.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was accompanied by His servant, Kṛṣṇadāsa. He was a brāhmaṇa, but he met with the Bhaṭṭathāris there.
স্ত্রীধন দেখাঞা তাঁর লোভ জন্মাইল ।
আর্য সরল বিপ্রের বুদ্ধিনাশ কৈল ॥ ২২৭ ॥
strī-dhana dekhāñā tāṅra lobha janmāila
ārya sarala viprera buddhi-nāśa kaila

Synonyms

strī-dhanawomen; dekhāñāshowing; tāṅrahis; lobhaattraction; janmāilathey created; āryagentleman; saralasimple; vipreraof the brāhmaṇa; buddhi-nāśaloss of intelligence; kailathey made.

Translation

With women the Bhaṭṭathāris allured the brāhmaṇa Kṛṣṇadāsa, who was simple and gentle. By virtue of their bad association, they polluted his intelligence.
প্রাতে উঠি’ আইলা বিপ্র ভট্টথারি-ঘরে ।
তাহার উদ্দেশে প্রভু আইলা সত্বরে ॥ ২২৮ ॥
prāte uṭhi’ āilā vipra bhaṭṭathāri-ghare
tāhāra uddeśe prabhu āilā satvare

Synonyms

prātein the morning; uṭhi’rising from bed; āilācame; viprathe brāhmaṇa Kṛṣṇadāsa; bhaṭṭathāri-ghareto the place of the Bhaṭṭathāris; tāhāra uddeśefor him; prabhuLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āilācame; satvarevery soon.

Translation

Allured by the Bhaṭṭathāris, Kṛṣṇadāsa went to their place early in the morning. The Lord also went there very quickly just to find him.
আসিয়া কহেন সব ভট্টথারিগণে ।
আমার ব্রাহ্মণ তুমি রাখ কি কারণে ॥ ২২৯ ॥
āsiyā kahena saba bhaṭṭathāri-gaṇe
āmāra brāhmaṇa tumi rākha ki kāraṇe

Synonyms

āsiyācoming; kahenaHe said; sabaall; bhaṭṭathāri-gaṇeto the Bhaṭṭathāris; āmāraMy; brāhmaṇabrāhmaṇa assistant; tumiyou; rākhaare keeping; kifor what; kāraṇereason.

Translation

Upon reaching their community, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu asked the Bhaṭṭathāris, “Why are you keeping My brāhmaṇa assistant?
আমিহ সন্ন্যাসী দেখ, তুমিহ সন্ন্যাসী ।
মোরে দুঃখ দেহ, — তোমার ‘ন্যায়’ নাহি বাসি’ ॥ ২৩০ ॥
āmiha sannyāsī dekha, tumiha sannyāsī
more duḥkha deha, — tomāra ’nyāya’ nāhi vāsi

Synonyms

āmihaI; sannyāsīin the renounced order of life; dekhayou see; tumihayou; sannyāsīin the renounced order of life; moreunto Me; duḥkhapains; dehayou give; tomārayour; nyāyalogic; nāhi vāsiI do not find.

Translation

“I am in the renounced order of life, and so are you. Yet you are purposefully giving Me pain, and I do not see any good logic in this.”
শুনি’ সব ভট্টথারি উঠে অস্ত্র লঞা ।
মারিবারে আইল সবে চারিদিকে ধাঞা ॥ ২৩১ ॥
śuni’ saba bhaṭṭathāri uṭhe astra lañā
māribāre āila sabe cāri-dike dhāñā

Synonyms

śuni’hearing; sabaall; bhaṭṭathārinomads; uṭherise up; astraweapons; lañātaking; māribāreto kill; āilacame; sabeall; cāri-dikeall around; dhāñārunning.

Translation

Upon hearing Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, all the Bhaṭṭathāris came running from all sides with weapons in their hands, desiring to hurt the Lord.
তার অস্ত্র তার অঙ্গে পড়ে হাত হৈতে ।
খণ্ড খণ্ড হৈল ভট্টথারি পলায় চারি ভিতে ॥ ২৩২ ॥
tāra astra tāra aṅge paḍe hāta haite
khaṇḍa khaṇḍa haila bhaṭṭathāri palāya cāri bhite

Synonyms

tāra astratheir weapons; tāra aṅgeon their bodies; paḍefall; hāta haitefrom their hands; khaṇḍa khaṇḍacut into pieces; hailabecame; bhaṭṭathārithe nomads; palāyarun away; cāri bhitein the four directions.

Translation

However, their weapons fell from their hands and struck their own bodies. When some of the Bhaṭṭathāris were thus cut to pieces, the others ran away in the four directions.
ভট্টথারি-ঘরে মহা উঠিল ক্রন্দন ।
কেশে ধরি’ বিপ্রে লঞা করিল গমন ॥ ২৩৩ ॥
bhaṭṭathāri-ghare mahā uṭhila krandana
keśe dhari’ vipre lañā karila gamana

Synonyms

bhaṭṭathāri-ghareat the home of the Bhaṭṭathāris; mahāgreat; uṭhilathere arose; krandanacrying; keśe dhari’catching by the hair; viprethe brāhmaṇa Kṛṣṇadāsa; lañātaking; kariladid; gamanadeparture.

Translation

While there was much roaring and crying at the Bhaṭṭathāri community, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu grabbed Kṛṣṇadāsa by the hair and took him away.
সেই দিন চলি’ আইলা পয়স্বিনী-তীরে ।
স্নান করি’ গেলা আদিকেশব-মন্দিরে ॥ ২৩৪ ॥
sei dina cali’ āilā payasvinī-tīre
snāna kari’ gelā ādi-keśava-mandire

Synonyms

sei dinaon that very day; cali’walking; āilācame; payasvinī-tīreto the bank of the Payasvinī River; snāna kari’bathing; gelāwent; ādi-keśava-mandireto the temple of Ādi-keśava.

Translation

That very night, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His assistant Kṛṣṇadāsa arrived at the bank of the Payasvinī River. They took their bath and then went to see the temple of Ādi-keśava.
কেশব দেখিয়া প্রেমে আবিষ্ট হৈলা ।
নতি, স্তুতি, নৃত্য, গীত, বহুত করিলা ॥ ২৩৫ ॥
keśava dekhiyā preme āviṣṭa hailā
nati, stuti, nṛtya, gīta, bahuta karilā

Synonyms

keśava dekhiyāafter seeing the Deity of Lord Keśava; premein ecstasy; āviṣṭa hailābecame overwhelmed; natiobeisances; stutiprayer; nṛtyadancing; gītachanting; bahuta karilāperformed in various ways.

Translation

When the Lord saw the Ādi-keśava temple, He was immediately overwhelmed with ecstasy. Offering various obeisances and prayers, He chanted and danced.
প্রেম দেখি’ লোকে হৈল মহা-চমৎকার ।
সর্বলোক কৈল প্রভুর পরম সৎকার ॥ ২৩৬ ॥
prema dekhi’ loke haila mahā-camatkāra
sarva-loka kaila prabhura parama satkāra

Synonyms

prema dekhi’seeing His ecstatic features; lokepeople; hailabecame; mahā-camatkāragreatly astonished; sarva-lokaall people; kailadid; prabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; parama satkāragreat reception.

Translation

All the people there were greatly astonished to see the ecstatic pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. They all received the Lord very well.
মহাভক্তগণসহ তাহাঁ গোষ্ঠী কৈল ।
‘ব্রহ্মসংহিতাধ্যায়’-পুঁথি তাহাঁ পাইল ॥ ২৩৭ ॥
mahā-bhakta-gaṇa-saha tāhāṅ goṣṭhī kaila
‘brahma-saṁhitādhyāya’-puṅthi tāhāṅ pāila

Synonyms

mahā-bhakta-gaṇa-sahaamong highly advanced devotees; tāhāṅthere; goṣṭhī kailadiscussed; brahma-saṁhitā-adhyāyaone chapter of the Brahma-saṁhitā; puṅthiscripture; tāhāṅthere; pāilafound.

Translation

In the temple of Ādi-keśava, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu discussed spiritual matters among highly advanced devotees. While there, He found a chapter of the Brahma-saṁhitā.
পুঁথি পাঞা প্রভুর হৈল আনন্দ অপার ।
কম্পাশ্রু-স্বেদ-স্তম্ভ-পুলক বিকার ॥ ২৩৮ ॥
puṅthi pāñā prabhura haila ānanda apāra
kampāśru-sveda-stambha-pulaka vikāra

Synonyms

puṅthi pāñāgetting that scripture; prabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; hailathere was; ānandahappiness; apāraunlimited; kampatrembling; aśrutears; svedaperspiration; stambhabeing stunned; pulakajubilation; vikāratransformations.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was greatly happy to find a chapter of that scripture, and symptoms of ecstatic transformation — trembling, tears, perspiration, trance and jubilation — were manifest in His body.
সিদ্ধান্ত-শাস্ত্র নাহি ‘ব্রহ্মসংহিতা’র সম ।
গোবিন্দমহিমা জ্ঞানের পরম কারণ ॥ ২৩৯ ॥
অল্পাক্ষরে কহে সিদ্ধান্ত অপার ।
সকল-বৈষ্ণবশাস্ত্র-মধ্যে অতি সার ॥ ২৪০ ॥
siddhānta-śāstra nāhi ‘brahma-saṁhitā’ra sama
govinda-mahimā jñānera parama kāraṇa
alpākṣare kahe siddhānta apāra
sakala-vaiṣṇava-śāstra-madhye ati sāra

Synonyms

siddhānta-śāstraconclusive scripture; nāhithere is not; brahma-saṁhitāra samalike the scripture Brahma-saṁhitā; govinda-mahimāof the glories of Lord Govinda; jñāneraof knowledge; paramafinal; kāraṇacause; alpa-akṣarebriefly; kaheexpresses; siddhāntaconclusion; apāraunlimited; sakalaall; vaiṣṇava-śāstradevotional scriptures; madhyeamong; ati sāravery essential.

Translation

There is no scripture equal to the Brahma-saṁhitā as far as the final spiritual conclusion is concerned. Indeed, that scripture is the supreme revelation of the glories of Lord Govinda, for it reveals the topmost knowledge about Him. Since all conclusions are briefly presented in the Brahma-saṁhitā, it is essential among all the Vaiṣṇava literatures.

Purport

The Brahma-saṁhitā is a very important scripture. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu acquired the fifth chapter from the Ādi-keśava temple. In that fifth chapter, the philosophical conclusion of acintya-bhedābheda-tattva (simultaneous oneness and difference) is presented. The chapter also presents methods of devotional service, the eighteen-syllable Vedic hymn, discourses on the soul, the Supersoul and fruitive activity, an explanation of Kāma-gāyatrī, kāma-bīja and the original Mahā-Viṣṇu, and a detailed description of the spiritual world, specifically Goloka Vṛndāvana. The Brahma-saṁhitā also explains the demigod Gaṇeśa, Garbhodakaśāyī Viṣṇu, the origin of the Gāyatrī mantra, the form of Govinda and His transcendental position and abode, the living entities, the highest goal, the goddess Durgā, the meaning of austerity, the five gross elements, love of Godhead, impersonal Brahman, the initiation of Lord Brahmā, and the vision of transcendental love enabling one to see the Lord. The steps of devotional service are also explained. The mind, yoga-nidrā, the goddess of fortune, devotional service in spontaneous ecstasy, incarnations beginning with Lord Rāmacandra, Deities, the conditioned soul and its duties, the truth about Lord Viṣṇu, prayers, Vedic hymns, Lord Śiva, the Vedic literature, personalism and impersonalism, good behavior, and many other subjects are also discussed. There is also a description of the sun and the universal form of the Lord. All these subjects are conclusively explained in a nutshell in the Brahma-saṁhitā.
বহু যত্নে সেই পুঁথি নিল লেখাইয়া ।
‘অনন্ত-পদ্মনাভ’ আইলা হরষিত হঞা ॥ ২৪১ ॥
bahu yatne sei puṅthi nila lekhāiyā
‘ananta padmanābha’ āilā haraṣita hañā

Synonyms

bahu yatnewith great attention; sei puṅthithat scripture; nilatook; lekhāiyāhaving it copied; ananta-padmanābhato Ananta Padmanābha; āilācame; haraṣitain great happiness; hañābeing.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu copied the Brahma-saṁhitā, and then with great pleasure He went to a place known as Ananta Padmanābha.

Purport

Concerning Ananta Padmanābha, one should refer to Madhya-līlā, chapter one, text 115.
দিন-দুই পদ্মনাভের কৈল দরশন ।
আনন্দে দেখিতে আইলা শ্রীজনার্দন ॥ ২৪২ ॥
dina-dui padmanābhera kaila daraśana
ānande dekhite āilā śrī-janārdana

Synonyms

dina-duitwo days; padmanābheraof the Deity known as Padmanābha; kaila daraśanavisited the temple; ānandein great ecstasy; dekhiteto see; āilācame; śrī-janārdanato the temple of Śrī Janārdana.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu remained for two or three days at Ananta Padmanābha and visited the temple there. Then, in great ecstasy He went to see the temple of Śrī Janārdana.

Purport

The temple of Śrī Janārdana is situated twenty-six miles north of Trivandrum, near the Varkala railway station.
দিন-দুই তাহাঁ করি’ কীর্তন-নর্তন ।
পয়স্বিনী আসিয়া দেখে শঙ্কর নারায়ণ ॥ ২৪৩ ॥
dina-dui tāhāṅ kari’ kīrtana-nartana
payasvinī āsiyā dekhe śaṅkara nārāyaṇa

Synonyms

dina-duitwo days; tāhāṅthere; kari’performing; kīrtana-nartanachanting and dancing; payasvinī āsiyācoming to the bank of the Payasvinī River; dekhesees; śaṅkara nārāyaṇathe temple of Śaṅkara-nārāyaṇa.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu chanted and danced at Śrī Janārdana for two days. He then went to the bank of the Payasvinī River and visited the temple of Śaṅkara-nārāyaṇa.
শৃঙ্গেরি-মঠে আইলা শঙ্করাচার্য-স্থানে ।
মৎস্য-তীর্থ দেখি’ কৈল তুঙ্গভদ্রায় স্নানে ॥ ২৪৪ ॥
śṛṅgeri-maṭhe āilā śaṅkarācārya-sthāne
matsya-tīrtha dekhi’ kaila tuṅgabhadrāya snāne

Synonyms

śṛṅgeri-maṭheto the Śṛṅgeri monastery; āilācame; śaṅkarācārya-sthāneat the place of Śaṅkarācārya; matsya-tīrthathe holy place named Matsya-tīrtha; dekhi’seeing; kailadid; tuṅgabhadrāya snānebathing in the river Tuṅgabhadrā.

Translation

Then He saw the monastery known as Śṛṅgeri-maṭha, the abode of Ācārya Śaṅkara. He then visited Matsya-tīrtha, a place of pilgrimage, and took a bath in the river Tuṅgabhadrā.

Purport

The monastery known as Śṛṅgeri-maṭha is situated in the state of Karnataka, in the district of Chikmagalur. This monastery is located at the confluence of the rivers Tuṅga and Bhadrā, seven miles south of Harihara-pura. The real name of this place is Śṛṅga-giri or Śṛṅgavera-purī, and it is the headquarters of Śaṅkarācārya.
Śaṅkarācārya had four principal disciples, and he established four centers under their management. In North India at Badarikāśrama, the monastery named Jyotir-maṭha was established. At Puruṣottama, the Bhogavardhana or Govardhana monastery was established. In Dvārakā, the Sāradā monastery was established. And the fourth monastery, established in South India, is known as Śṛṅgeri-maṭha. In the Śṛṅgeri-maṭha, the sannyāsīs assume the designations Sarasvatī, Bhāratī and Purī. They are all ekadaṇḍi-sannyāsīs, distinguished from the Vaiṣṇava sannyāsīs, who are known as tridaṇḍi-sannyāsīs. The Śṛṅgeri-maṭha is situated in South India, in a portion of the country comprising Āndhra, Draviḍa, Karṇāṭa and Kerala. The community is called Bhūrivāra, and the dynasty is called Bhūr-bhuvaḥ. The place is called Rāmeśvara, and the slogan is ahaṁ brahmāsmi. The Deity is Lord Varāha, and the energetic power is Kāmākṣī. The ācārya is Hastāmalaka, and the brahmacārī assistants of the sannyāsīs are known as Caitanya. The place of pilgrimage is called Tuṅgabhadrā, and the subject for Vedic study is the Yajur Veda.
The list of the disciplic succession from Śaṅkarācārya is available, and the names of the ācāryas and the dates of their accepting sannyāsa, according to the Śaka Era (or Śakābda), are as follows (for approximate Christian-era dates, add 78 years): Śaṅkarācārya, 622 Śaka; Sureśvarācārya, 630; Bodhanācārya, 680; Jñānadhanācārya, 768; Jñānottama-śivācārya, 827; Jñānagiri Ācārya, 871; Siṁhagiri Ācārya, 958; Īśvara Tīrtha, 1019; Narasiṁha Tīrtha, 1067; Vidyātīrtha Vidyā-śaṅkara, 1150; Bhāratī-kṛṣṇa Tīrtha, 1250; Vidyāraṇya Bhāratī, 1253; Candraśekhara Bhāratī, 1290; Narasiṁha Bhāratī, 1309; Puruṣottama Bhāratī, 1328; Śaṅkarānanda, 1350; Candraśekhara Bhāratī, 1371; Narasiṁha Bhāratī, 1386; Puruṣottama Bhāratī, 1398; Rāmacandra Bhāratī, 1430; Narasiṁha Bhāratī, 1479; Narasiṁha Bhāratī, 1485; Dhanamaḍi-narasiṁha Bhāratī, 1498; Abhinava-narasiṁha Bhāratī, 1521; Saccidānanda Bhāratī, 1544; Narasiṁha Bhāratī, 1585; Saccidānanda Bhāratī, 1627; Abhinava-saccidānanda Bhāratī, 1663; Nṛsiṁha Bhāratī, 1689; Saccidānanda Bhāratī, 1692; Abhinava-saccidānanda Bhāratī, 1730; Narasiṁha Bhāratī, 1739; Saccidānanda Śivābhinava Vidyā-narasiṁha Bhāratī, 1788.
Regarding Śaṅkarācārya, it is understood that he was born in the year 608 of the Śakābda Era, in the month of Vaiśākha, on the third day of the waxing moon, in a place in South India known as Kālāḍi. His father’s name was Śivaguru, and he lost his father at an early age. When Śaṅkarācārya was only eight years old, he completed his study of all scriptures and took sannyāsa from Govinda, who was residing on the banks of the Narmadā. After accepting sannyāsa, Śaṅkarācārya stayed with his spiritual master for some days. He then took his permission to go to Vārāṇasī, and from there he went to Badarikāśrama, where he stayed until his twelfth year. While there, he wrote a commentary on the Brahma-sūtra, as well as on ten Upaniṣads and the Bhagavad-gītā. He also wrote Sanat-sujātīya and a commentary on the Nṛsiṁha-tāpanī. Among his many disciples, his four chief disciples are Padmapāda, Sureśvara, Hastāmalaka and Troṭaka. After departing from Vārāṇasī, Śaṅkarācārya went to Prayāga, where he met a great learned scholar called Kumārila Bhaṭṭa. Śaṅkarācārya wanted to discuss the authority of the scriptures, but Kumārila Bhaṭṭa, being on his deathbed, sent him to his disciple Maṇḍana, in the city of Māhiṣmatī. It was there that Śaṅkarācārya defeated Maṇḍana Miśra in a discussion of the śāstras. Maṇḍana had a wife named Sarasvatī, or Ubhaya-bhāratī, who served as mediator between Śaṅkarācārya and her husband. It is said that she wanted to discuss erotic principles and amorous love with Śaṅkarācārya, but Śaṅkarācārya had been a brahmacārī since birth and therefore had no experience in amorous love. He took a month’s leave from Ubhaya-bhāratī and, by his mystic power, entered the body of a king who had just died. In this way Śaṅkarācārya experienced the erotic principles. After attaining this experience, he wanted to discuss erotic principles with Ubhaya-bhāratī, but without hearing his discussion she blessed him and assured the continuous existence of the Śṛṅgeri-maṭha. She then took leave of material life. Afterwards, Maṇḍana Miśra took the order of sannyāsa from Śaṅkarācārya and became known as Sureśvara. Śaṅkarācārya defeated many scholars throughout India and converted them to his Māyāvāda philosophy. He left his material body at the age of thirty-three.
As far as Matsya-tīrtha is concerned, it was supposedly situated beside the ocean in the district of Malabar.
মধ্বাচার্য-স্থানে আইলা যাঁহা ‘তত্ত্ববাদী’ ।
উড়ুপীতে ‘কৃষ্ণ’ দেখি, তাহাঁ হৈল প্রেমোন্মাদী ॥ ২৪৫ ॥
madhvācārya-sthāne āilā yāṅhā ‘tattvavādī’
uḍupīte ‘kṛṣṇa’ dekhi, tāhāṅ haila premonmādī

Synonyms

madhva-ācārya-sthāneat the place of Madhvācārya; āilāarrived; yāṅhāwhere; tattva-vādīphilosophers known as Tattvavādīs; uḍupīteat the place known as Uḍupī; kṛṣṇathe Deity of Lord Kṛṣṇa; dekhiseeing; tāhāṅthere; hailabecame; prema-unmādīmad in ecstasy.

Translation

Caitanya Mahāprabhu next arrived at Uḍupī, the place of Madhvācārya, where the philosophers known as Tattvavādīs resided. There He saw the Deity of Lord Kṛṣṇa and became mad with ecstasy.

Purport

Śrīpāda Madhvācārya took his birth near Uḍupī, which is situated in the South Kanara district of South India, just west of Sahyādri. This is the chief city of the South Kanara province and is near the city of Mangalore, which is situated to the south of Uḍupī. Near the city of Uḍupī is a place called Pājakā-kṣetra, where Madhvācārya took his birth in a Śivāllī-brāhmaṇa dynasty as the son of Madhyageha Bhaṭṭa, in the year 1040 Śakābda (A.D. 1118). According to some, he was born in the year 1160 Śakābda (A.D. 1238).
In his childhood Madhvācārya was known as Vāsudeva, and there are some wonderful stories surrounding him. It is said that once when his father had piled up many debts, Madhvācārya converted tamarind seeds into actual coins to pay them off. When he was five years old, he was offered the sacred thread. A demon named Maṇimān lived near his abode in the form of a snake, and at the age of five Madhvācārya killed that snake with the toe of his left foot. When his mother was very much disturbed, he would appear before her in one jump. He was a great scholar even in childhood, and although his father did not agree, he accepted sannyāsa at the age of twelve. Upon receiving sannyāsa from Acyuta Prekṣa, he received the name Pūrṇaprajña Tīrtha. After traveling all over India, he finally discussed scriptures with Vidyāśaṅkara, the exalted leader of Śṛṅgeri-maṭha. Vidyāśaṅkara was actually diminished in the presence of Madhvācārya. Accompanied by Satya Tīrtha, Madhvācārya went to Badarikāśrama. It was there that he met Vyāsadeva and explained his commentary on the Bhagavad-gītā before him. Thus he became a great scholar by studying before Vyāsadeva.
By the time he came to the Ānanda-maṭha from Badarikāśrama, Madhvācārya had finished his commentary on the Bhagavad-gītā. His companion Satya Tīrtha wrote down the entire commentary. When Madhvācārya returned from Badarikāśrama, he went to Gañjāma, which is on the bank of the river Godāvarī. There he met with two learned scholars named Śobhana Bhaṭṭa and Svāmī Śāstrī. Later these scholars became known in the disciplic succession of Madhvācārya as Padmanābha Tīrtha and Narahari Tīrtha. When he returned to Uḍupī, he would sometimes bathe in the ocean. On such an occasion he composed a prayer in five chapters. Once, while sitting beside the sea engrossed in meditation upon Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa, he saw that a large boat containing goods for Dvārakā was in danger. He gave some signs by which the boat could approach the shore, and it was saved. The owners of the boat wanted to give him a present, and at the time Madhvācārya agreed to take some gopī-candana. He received a big lump of gopī-candana, and as it was being brought to him, it broke apart and revealed a large Deity of Lord Kṛṣṇa. The Deity had a stick in one hand and a lump of food in the other. As soon as Madhvācārya received the Deity of Kṛṣṇa in this way, he composed a prayer. The Deity was so heavy that not even thirty people could lift it. Yet Madhvācārya personally brought this Deity to Uḍupī. Eight of Madhvācārya’s sannyāsa disciples became directors of his eight monasteries. Worship of the Lord Kṛṣṇa Deity is still going on at Uḍupī according to the plans Madhvācārya established.
Madhvācārya then for the second time visited Badarikāśrama. While he was passing through Maharashtra, the local king was digging a big lake for the public benefit. As Madhvācārya passed through that area with his disciples, he was also obliged to help in the excavation. After some time, when Madhvācārya visited the king, he engaged the king in that work and departed with his disciples.
Often in the province of Gāṅga-pradeśa there were fights between Hindus and Muslims. The Hindus were on one bank of the river, and the Muslims on the other. Due to the community tension, no boat was available for crossing the river. The Muslim soldiers were always stopping passengers on the other side, but Madhvācārya did not care for these soldiers. He crossed the river anyway, and when he met the soldiers on the other side, he was brought before the king. The Muslim king was so pleased with him that he wanted to give him a kingdom and some money, but Madhvācārya refused. While walking on the road, he was attacked by some dacoits, but by his bodily strength he killed them all. When his companion Satya Tīrtha was attacked by a tiger, Madhvācārya separated them by virtue of his great strength. When he met Vyāsadeva, he received from him the śālagrāma-śilā known as Aṣṭamūrti. After this, he summarized the Mahābhārata.
Madhvācārya’s devotion to the Lord and his erudite scholarship became known throughout India. Consequently the owners of the Śṛṅgeri-maṭha, established by Śaṅkarācārya, became a little perturbed. At that time the followers of Śaṅkarācārya were afraid of Madhvācārya’s rising power, and they began to tease Madhvācārya’s disciples in many ways. There was even an attempt to prove that the disciplic succession of Madhvācārya was not in line with Vedic principles. A person named Puṇḍarīka Purī, a follower of the Māyāvāda philosophy of Śaṅkarācārya, came before Madhvācārya to discuss the śāstras. It is said that all of Madhvācārya’s books were taken away, but later they were found with the help of King Jayasiṁha, ruler of Kumla. In discussion, Puṇḍarīka Purī was defeated by Madhvācārya. A great personality named Trivikramācārya, who was a resident of Viṣṇumaṅgala, became Madhvācārya’s disciple, and his son later became Nārāyaṇācārya, the composer of Śrī Madhva-vijaya. After the death of Trivikramācārya, the younger brother of Nārāyaṇācārya took sannyāsa and later became known as Viṣṇu Tīrtha.
It was reputed that there was no limit to the bodily strength of Pūrṇaprajña, Madhvācārya. There was a person named Kaḍañjari who was famed for possessing the strength of thirty men. Madhvācārya placed the big toe of his foot upon the ground and asked the man to separate it from the ground, but the great strong man could not do so even after great effort. Śrīla Madhvācārya passed from this material world at the age of eighty while writing a commentary on the Aitareya Upaniṣad. For further information about Madhvācārya, one should read Madhva-vijaya, by Nārāyaṇācārya.
The ācāryas of the Madhva-sampradāya established Uḍupī as the chief center, and the monastery there was known as Uttararāḍhī-maṭha. A list of the different centers of the Madhvācārya-sampradāya can be found at Uḍupī, and their maṭha commanders are (1) Viṣṇu Tīrtha (Śoda-maṭha), (2) Janārdana Tīrtha (Kṛṣṇapura-maṭha) (3) Vāmana Tīrtha (Kanura-maṭha), (4) Narasiṁha Tīrtha (Adamara-maṭha), (5) Upendra Tīrtha (Puttugī-maṭha), (6) Rāma Tīrtha (Śirura-maṭha), (7) Hṛṣīkeśa Tīrtha (Palimara-maṭha), and (8) Akṣobhya Tīrtha (Pejāvara-maṭha). The disciplic succession of the Madhvācārya-sampradāya is as follows (the dates are those of birth in the Śakābda Era; for Christian era dates, add seventy-eight years.): (1) Haṁsa Paramātmā; (2) Caturmukha Brahmā; (3) Sanakādi; (4) Durvāsā; (5) Jñānanidhi; (6) Garuḍa-vāhana; (7) Kaivalya Tīrtha; (8) Jñāneśa Tīrtha; (9) Para Tīrtha; (10) Satyaprajña Tīrtha; (11) Prājña Tīrtha; (12) Acyuta Prekṣācārya Tīrtha; (13) Śrī Madhvācārya, 1040 Śaka; (14) Padmanābha, 1120; Narahari, 1127; Mādhava, 1136; and Akṣobhya 1159; (15) Jaya Tīrtha, 1167; (16) Vidyādhirāja, 1190; (17) Kavīndra, 1255; (18) Vāgīśa, 1261; (19) Rāmacandra, 1269; (20) Vidyānidhi, 1298; (21) Śrī Raghunātha, 1366; (22) Rayuvarya (who spoke with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu), 1424; (23) Raghūttama, 1471; (24) Vedavyāsa, 1517; (25) Vidyādhīśa, 1541; (26) Vedanidhi, 1553; (27) Satyavrata, 1557; (28) Satyanidhi, 1560;(29) Satyanātha, 1582; (30) Satyābhinava, 1595; (31) Satyapūrṇa, 1628; (32) Satyavijaya, 1648; (33) Satyapriya, 1659; (34) Satyabodha, 1666; (35) Satyasandha, 1705; (36) Satyavara, 1716; (37) Satyadharma, 1719; (38) Satyasaṅkalpa, 1752; (39) Satyasantuṣṭa, 1763; (40) Satyaparāyaṇa, 1763; (41) Satyakāma, 1785; (42) Satyeṣṭa, 1793; (43) Satyaparākrama, 1794; (44) Satyadhīra, 1801; (45) Satyadhīra Tīrtha, 1808.
After the sixteenth ācārya (Vidyādhirāja Tīrtha), there was another disciplic succession, including Rājendra Tīrtha, 1254; Vijayadhvaja; Puruṣottama; Subrahmaṇya; and Vyāsa Rāya, 1470-1520. The nineteenth ācārya, Rāmacandra Tīrtha, had another disciplic succession, including Vibudhendra, 1218; Jitāmitra, 1348; Raghunandana; Surendra; Vijendra; Sudhīndra; and Rāghavendra Tīrtha, 1545.
To date, in the Uḍupī monastery there are another fourteen Madhva-tīrtha sannyāsīs. As stated, Uḍupī is situated beside the sea in South Kanara, about thirty-six miles north of Mangalore.
Most of the information in this purport is available from the South Kānāḍā Manual and the Bombay Gazette.
নর্তক গোপাল দেখে পরম-মোহনে ।
মধ্বাচার্যে স্বপ্ন দিয়া আইলা তাঁর স্থানে ॥ ২৪৬ ॥
nartaka gopāla dekhe parama-mohane
madhvācārye svapna diyā āilā tāṅra sthāne

Synonyms

nartaka gopāladancing Gopāla; dekhesaw; parama-mohanemost beautiful; madhva-ācāryeunto Madhvācārya; svapna diyāappearing in a dream; āilācame; tāṅrahis; sthāneto the place.

Translation

While at the Uḍupī monastery, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu saw “dancing Gopāla,” a most beautiful Deity. This Deity appeared to Madhvācārya in a dream.
গোপীচন্দন-তলে আছিল ডিঙ্গাতে ।
মধ্বাচার্য সেই কৃষ্ণ পাইলা কোনমতে ॥ ২৪৭ ॥
gopī-candana-tale āchila ḍiṅgāte
madhvācārya sei kṛṣṇa pāilā kona-mate

Synonyms

gopī-candana-taleunder heaps of gopī-candana (yellowish clay used for tilaka); āchilacame; ḍiṅgātein a boat; madhva-ācāryaMadhvācārya; sei kṛṣṇathat Kṛṣṇa Deity; pāilāgot; kona-matesomehow or other.

Translation

Madhvācārya had somehow or other acquired the Deity of Kṛṣṇa from a heap of gopī-candana that had been transported in a boat.
মধ্বাচার্য আনি’ তাঁরে করিলা স্থাপন ।
অদ্যাবধি সেবা করে তত্ত্ববাদিগণ ॥ ২৪৮ ॥
madhvācārya āni’ tāṅre karilā sthāpana
adyāvadhi sevā kare tattvavādi-gaṇa

Synonyms

madhva-ācāryaMadhvācārya; āni’bringing; tāṅreHim; karilā sthāpanainstalled; adya-avadhito date; sevā kareworship; tattvavādi-gaṇathe Tattvavādīs.

Translation

Madhvācārya brought this dancing Gopāla Deity to Uḍupī and installed Him in the temple. To date, the followers of Madhvācārya, known as Tattvavādīs, worship this Deity.
কৃষ্ণমূর্তি দেখি’ প্রভু মহাসুখ পাইল ।
প্রেমাবেশে বহুক্ষণ নৃত্য-গীত কৈল ॥ ২৪৯ ॥
kṛṣṇa-mūrti dekhi’ prabhu mahā-sukha pāila
premāveśe bahu-kṣaṇa nṛtya-gīta kaila

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-mūrti dekhi’seeing the Deity of Lord Kṛṣṇa; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; mahā-sukhagreat happiness; pāilagot; prema-āveśein ecstatic love; bahu-kṣaṇafor a long time; nṛtya-gītadancing and singing; kailaperformed.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu received great pleasure in seeing this beautiful form of Gopāla. For a long time He danced and chanted in ecstatic love.
তত্ত্ববাদিগণ প্ৰভুকে ‘মায়াবাদী’ জ্ঞানে ।
প্রথম দর্শনে প্রভুকে না কৈল সম্ভাষণে ॥ ২৫০ ॥
tattvavādi-gaṇa prabhuke ‘māyāvādī’ jñāne
prathama darśane prabhuke nā kaila sambhāṣaṇe

Synonyms

tattvavādi-gaṇathe Tattvavādīs; prabhukeŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; māyāvādī jñāneconsidering as a Māyāvādī sannyāsī; prathama darśanein the first meeting; prabhukeŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; did not; kailado; sambhāṣaṇeaddressing.

Translation

When the Tattvavādī Vaiṣṇavas first saw Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, they considered Him a Māyāvādī sannyāsī. Therefore they did not talk to Him.
পাছে প্রেমাবেশ দেখি’ হৈল চমৎকার ।
বৈষ্ণব-জ্ঞানে বহুত করিল সৎকার ॥ ২৫১ ॥
pāche premāveśa dekhi’ haila camatkāra
vaiṣṇava-jñāne bahuta karila satkāra

Synonyms

pāchelater; prema-āveśaecstatic love; dekhi’seeing; haila camatkārabecame struck with wonder; vaiṣṇava-jñāneunderstanding as a Vaiṣṇava; bahutamuch; kariladid; satkārareception.

Translation

Later, after seeing Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu in ecstatic love, they were struck with wonder. Then, considering Him a Vaiṣṇava, they gave Him a nice reception.
‘বৈষ্ণবতা’ সবার অন্তরে গর্ব জানি’ ।
ঈষৎ হাসিয়া কিছু কহে গৌরমণি ॥ ২৫২ ॥
‘vaiṣṇavatā’ sabāra antare garva jāni’
īṣat hāsiyā kichu kahe gauramaṇi

Synonyms

vaiṣṇavatāVaiṣṇavism; sabāraof all of them; antarewithin the mind; garvapride; jāni’knowing; īṣatmildly; hāsiyāsmiling; kichusomething; kahesays; gaura-maṇiLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu could understand that the Tattvavādīs were very proud of their Vaiṣṇavism. He therefore smiled and began to speak to them.
তাঁ-সবার অন্তরে গর্ব জানি গৌরচন্দ্র ।
তাঁ-সবা-সঙ্গে গোষ্ঠী করিলা আরম্ভ ॥ ২৫৩ ॥
tāṅ-sabāra antare garva jāni gauracandra
tāṅ-sabā-saṅge goṣṭhī karilā ārambha

Synonyms

tāṅ-sabāraof all of them; antarewithin the mind; garvapride; jāniknowing; gaura-candraŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅ-sabā-saṅgewith them; goṣṭhīdiscussion; karilāmade; ārambhabeginning.

Translation

Considering them very proud, Caitanya Mahāprabhu began His discussion.
তত্ত্ববাদী আচার্য — সব শাস্ত্রেতে প্রবীণ ।
তাঁরে প্রশ্ন কৈল প্রভু হঞা যেন দীন ॥ ২৫৪ ॥
tattvavādī ācārya — saba śāstrete pravīṇa
tāṅre praśna kaila prabhu hañā yena dīna

Synonyms

tattvavādī ācāryathe chief preacher of the Tattvavāda community; sabaall; śāstretein revealed scriptures; pravīṇaexperienced; tāṅreunto him; praśnaquestion; kailadid; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; hañābecoming; yenaas if; dīnavery humble.

Translation

The chief ācārya of the Tattvavāda community was very learned in the revealed scriptures. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu humbly questioned him.
সাধ্য-সাধন আমি না জানি ভালমতে ।
সাধ্য-সাধন-শ্রেষ্ঠ জানাহ আমাতে ॥ ২৫৫ ॥
sādhya-sādhana āmi nā jāni bhāla-mate
sādhya-sādhana-śreṣṭha jānāha āmāte

Synonyms

sādhya-sādhanathe aim of life and how to achieve it; āmiI; not; jāniknow; bhāla-matevery well; sādhya-sādhanathe aim of life and how to achieve it; śreṣṭhathe best; jānāhakindly explain; āmāteunto Me.

Translation

Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “I do not know very well the aim of life and how to achieve it. Please tell Me of the best ideal for humanity and how to attain it.”
আচার্য কহে, — ‘বর্ণাশ্রম-ধর্ম, কৃষ্ণে সমর্পণ’ ।
এই হয় কৃষ্ণভক্তের শ্রেষ্ঠ ‘সাধন’ ॥ ২৫৬ ॥
ācārya kahe,‘varṇāśrama-dharma, kṛṣṇe samarpaṇa’
ei haya kṛṣṇa-bhaktera śreṣṭha ‘sādhana’

Synonyms

ācārya kahethe ācārya said; varṇa-āśrama-dharmathe institution of four castes and four āśramas; kṛṣṇeunto Kṛṣṇa; samarpaṇato dedicate; ei hayathis is; kṛṣṇa-bhakteraof the devotee of Kṛṣṇa; śreṣṭha sādhanathe best means of achievement.

Translation

The ācārya replied, “When the activities of the four castes and the four āśramas are dedicated to Kṛṣṇa, they constitute the best means whereby one can attain the highest goal of life.
‘পঞ্চবিধ মুক্তি’ পাঞা বৈকুণ্ঠে গমন ।
‘সাধ্য-শ্রেষ্ঠ’ হয়, — এই শাস্ত্র-নিরূপণ ॥ ২৫৭ ॥
‘pañca-vidha mukti’ pāñā vaikuṇṭhe gamana
‘sādhya-śreṣṭha’ haya, — ei śāstra-nirūpaṇa

Synonyms

pañca-vidha muktifive kinds of liberation; pāñāgetting; vaikuṇṭheto the spiritual world; gamanatransference; sādhya-śreṣṭha hayais the highest achievement of the goal of life; eithis; śāstra-nirūpaṇathe verdict of all revealed scriptures.

Translation

“When one dedicates the duties of varṇāśrama-dharma to Kṛṣṇa, he is eligible for five kinds of liberation. Thus he is transferred to the spiritual world in Vaikuṇṭha. This is the highest goal of life and the verdict of all revealed scriptures.”
প্রভু কহে, — শাস্ত্রে কহে শ্রবণ-কীর্তন ।
কৃষ্ণপ্রেমসেবা-ফলের ‘পরম সাধন’ ॥ ২৫৮ ॥
prabhu kahe,śāstre kahe śravaṇa-kīrtana
kṛṣṇa-prema-sevā-phalera ‘parama-sādhana’

Synonyms

prabhu kaheLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; śāstre kahein the śāstra it is said; śravaṇa-kīrtanathe process of chanting and hearing; kṛṣṇa-prema-sevāof loving service to Lord Kṛṣṇa; phaleraof the result; parama-sādhanabest process of achievement.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “According to the verdict of the śāstras, the process of hearing and chanting is the best means to attain loving service to Kṛṣṇa.

Purport

According to the Tattvavādīs, the best process for achieving the highest goal of life is to execute the duties of the four varṇas and āśramas. In the material world, unless one is situated in one of the varṇas (brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya or śūdra) one cannot manage social affairs properly to attain the ultimate goal. One also has to follow the principles of the āśramas (brahmacarya, gṛhastha, vānaprastha and sannyāsa), since these principles are considered essential for the attainment of the highest goal. In this way the Tattvavādīs establish that the execution of the principles of varṇa and āśrama for the sake of Kṛṣṇa is the best way to attain the topmost goal. The Tattvavādīs thus established their principles in terms of human society. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, however, differed when He said that the best process is hearing and chanting about Lord Viṣṇu. According to the Tattvavādīs, the highest goal is returning home, back to Godhead, but in Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s opinion the highest goal is attaining love of Godhead, in either the material world or the spiritual world. In the material world this is practiced according to śāstric injunction, and in the spiritual world the real achievement is already there.
শ্রবণং কীর্তনং বিষ্ণোঃ স্মরণং পাদসেবনম্ ।
অর্চনং বন্দনং দাস্যং সখ্যমাত্মনিবেদনম্ ॥ ২৫৯ ॥
ইতি পুংসার্পিতা বিষ্ণৌ ভক্তিশ্চেন্নবলক্ষণা ।
ক্রিয়েত ভগবত্যদ্ধা তন্মন্যেঽধীতমুত্তমম্ ॥ ২৬০ ॥
śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥ
smaraṇaṁ pāda-sevanam
arcanaṁ vandanaṁ dāsyaṁ
sakhyam ātma-nivedanam
iti puṁsārpitā viṣṇau
bhaktiś cen nava-lakṣaṇā
kriyeta bhagavaty addhā
tan manye ’dhītam uttamam

Synonyms

śravaṇamhearing of the holy name, form, qualities, entourage and pastimes, all of which must pertain to Lord Viṣṇu; kīrtanamvibrating transcendental sounds pertaining to the holy name, form, qualities and entourage, and inquiring about them (these also should be only in relationship to Viṣṇu); viṣṇoḥof Lord Viṣṇu; smaraṇamremembering the holy name, form and entourage, and inquiring about them, also only for Viṣṇu; pāda-sevanamexecuting devotional service according to time, circumstances and situation, only in relationship with Viṣṇu; arcanamworshiping the Deity of Lord Kṛṣṇa, Lord Rāmacandra, Lakṣmī-Nārāyaṇa or the other forms of Viṣṇu; vandanamoffering prayers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; dāsyamalways thinking oneself an eternal servant of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakhyammaking friends with the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ātma-nivedanamdedicating everything (body, mind and soul) for the service of the Lord; itithus; puṁsāby the human being; arpitādedicated; viṣṇauunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Viṣṇu; bhaktiḥdevotional service; cetif; nava-lakṣaṇāpossessing nine different systems, as above mentioned; kriyetaone should execute; bhagavatiunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; addhādirectly (not indirectly through karma, jñāna or yoga); tatthat; manyeI understand; adhītamstudied; uttamamfirst class.

Translation

“ ‘This process entails hearing, chanting and remembering the holy name, form, pastimes, qualities and entourage of the Lord, offering service according to the time, place and performer, worshiping the Deity, offering prayers, always considering oneself the eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa, making friends with Him and dedicating everything unto Him. These nine items of devotional service, when directly offered to Kṛṣṇa, constitute the highest attainment of life. This is the verdict of the revealed scriptures.’

Purport

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu quoted these verses from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (7.5.23-24).
শ্রবণ-কীর্তন হইতে কৃষ্ণে হয় ‘প্রেমা’ ।
সেই পঞ্চম পুরুষার্থ — পুরুষার্থের সীমা ॥ ২৬১ ॥
śravaṇa-kīrtana ha-ite kṛṣṇe haya ‘premā’
sei pañcama puruṣārtha
puruṣārthera sīmā

Synonyms

śravaṇa-kīrtanahearing and chanting; ha-itefrom; kṛṣṇeunto Lord Kṛṣṇa; hayathere is; premātranscendental love; seithat; pañcama puruṣa-arthathe fifth platform of perfection of life; puruṣa-arthera sīmāthe limit of goals of life.

Translation

“When one comes to the platform of loving service to Lord Kṛṣṇa by executing these nine processes, beginning with hearing and chanting, he has attained the fifth platform of success and the limit of life’s goals.

Purport

Everyone is after success in religion, economic development, sense gratification and ultimately merging into the existence of Brahman. These are the general practices of the common man, but according to the strict principles of the Vedas, the highest attainment is to rise to the platform of śravaṇaṁ kīrtanam, hearing and chanting about the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is confirmed in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.1.2):
dharmaḥ projjhita-kaitavo ’tra paramo nirmatsarāṇāṁ satāṁ
vedyaṁ vāstavam atra vastu śiva-daṁ tāpa-trayonmūlanam
śrīmad-bhāgavate mahā-muni-kṛte kiṁ vā parair īśvaraḥ
sadyo hṛdy avarudhyate ’tra kṛtibhiḥ śuśrūṣubhis tat-kṣaṇāt
“Completely rejecting all religious activities which are materially motivated, this Bhāgavata Purāṇa propounds the highest truth, which is understandable by those devotees who are fully pure in heart. The highest truth is reality distinguished from illusion for the welfare of all. Such truth uproots the threefold miseries. This beautiful Bhāgavatam, compiled by the great sage Śrī Vyāsadeva, is sufficient in itself for God realization. What is the need of any other scripture? As soon as one attentively and submissively hears the message of Bhāgavatam, by this culture of knowledge the Supreme Lord is established within his heart.” This verse of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam rejects as cheating processes all religious activities that aim at achieving materialistic goals, including dharma, artha, kāma and even mokṣa, or liberation.
According to Śrīdhara Svāmī, the material conception of success (mokṣa, or liberation) is desired by those in material existence. Devotees, however, not being situated in material existence, have no desire for liberation.
A devotee is always liberated in all stages of life because he is always engaged in the nine items of devotional service (śravaṇam, kīrtanam, etc.). Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s philosophy holds that devotional service to Kṛṣṇa always exists in everyone’s heart. It simply has to be awakened by the process of śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥ. Śravaṇādi śuddha-citte karaye udaya (Cc. Madhya 22.107). When a person is actually engaged in devotional service, his eternal relationship with the Lord, the servant-master relationship, is awakened.
এবংব্রতঃ স্বপ্রিয়নাম-কীর্ত্যা
জাতানুরাগো দ্রুতচিত্ত উচ্চৈঃ ।
হসত্যথো রোদিতি রৌতি গায়-
ত্যুন্মাদবন্নৃত্যতি লোকবাহ্যঃ ॥ ২৬২ ॥
evaṁ-vrataḥ sva-priya-nāma-kīrtyā
jātānurāgo druta-citta uccaiḥ
hasaty atho roditi rauti gāyaty
unmāda-van nṛtyati loka-bāhyaḥ

Synonyms

evam-vrataḥwhen one thus engages in a vow to chant and dance; svaown; priyavery dear; nāmaholy name; kīrtyāby chanting; jātain this way develops; anurāgaḥattachment; druta-cittaḥvery eagerly; uccaiḥloudly; hasatilaughs; athoalso; roditicries; rautibecomes agitated; gāyatichants; unmāda-vatlike a madman; nṛtyatidances; loka-bāhyaḥwithout caring for outsiders.

Translation

“ ‘When a person is actually advanced and takes pleasure in chanting the holy name of the Lord, who is very dear to him, he is agitated and loudly chants the holy name. He also laughs, cries, becomes agitated and chants just like a madman, not caring for outsiders.’

Purport

This verse is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.2.40).
কর্মনিন্দা, কর্মত্যাগ, সর্বশাস্ত্রে কহে ।
কর্ম হৈতে প্রেমভক্তি কৃষ্ণে কভু নহে ॥ ২৬৩ ॥
karma-nindā, karma-tyāga, sarva-śāstre kahe
karma haite prema-bhakti kṛṣṇe kabhu nahe

Synonyms

karma-nindācondemnation of fruitive activities; karma-tyāgarenunciation of fruitive activities; sarva-śāstre kaheis announced in every revealed scripture; karma haitefrom fruitive activities; prema-bhaktidevotional service in ecstatic love; kṛṣṇefor Kṛṣṇa; kabhu nahecan never be achieved.

Translation

“In every revealed scripture there is condemnation of fruitive activities. It is advised everywhere to give up engagement in fruitive activities, for no one can attain the highest goal of life, love of Godhead, by executing them.

Purport

In the Vedas there are three kāṇḍas, or divisions: karma-kāṇḍa, jñāna-kāṇḍa and upāsanā-kāṇḍa. The karma-kāṇḍa portion stresses the execution of fruitive activities. But ultimately it is advised that one abandon both karma-kāṇḍa and jñāna-kāṇḍa (speculative knowledge) and accept only upāsanā-kāṇḍa, or bhakti-kāṇḍa. One cannot attain love of Godhead by executing karma-kāṇḍa or jñāna-kāṇḍa. But by dedicating one’s karma, or fruitive activities, to the Supreme Lord, one may be relieved from the polluted mind, and becoming free from mental pollution helps elevate one to the spiritual platform. Then, however, one needs the association of a pure devotee, for only by a pure devotee’s association can one become a pure devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa. When one comes to the stage of pure devotional service, the process of śravaṇaṁ kīrtanam is very essential. By executing the nine items of devotional service, beginning with śravaṇaṁ kīrtanam, one is completely purified. Anyābhilāṣitā-śūnyaṁ jñāna-karmādy-anāvṛtam (Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu 1.1.11). Only then is one able to execute Kṛṣṇa’s orders in the Bhagavad-gītā (18.65, 66):
man-manā bhava mad-bhaktomad-yājī māṁ namaskuru
mām evaiṣyasi satyam te
pratijāne priyo ’si me
sarva-dharmān parityajyamām ekaṁ śaranaṁ vraja
ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo
mokṣayiṣyāmi mā śucaḥ
“Always think of Me, become My devotee, worship Me and offer your homage unto Me. Thus you will come to Me without fail. I promise you this because you are My very dear friend. Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver you from all sinful reactions. Do not fear.” In this way one develops his original constitutional position of rendering loving service to the Lord.
One cannot be elevated to the highest platform of devotional service by karma-kāṇḍa or jñāna-kāṇḍa. Pure devotional service can be understood and attained only through the association of pure devotees. In this regard, Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura states that there are two types of karma-kāṇḍa activities — pious and impious. Pious activities are certainly better than impious activities, but even pious activities cannot bring about ecstatic love of God, Kṛṣṇa. Pious and impious activities can bring about material happiness and distress, but there is no possibility of one’s becoming a pure devotee simply by acting piously or impiously. Bhakti, devotional service, means satisfying Kṛṣṇa. In every revealed scripture, whether stressing jñāna-kāṇḍa or karma-kāṇḍa, the principle of renunciation is always praised. The ripened fruit of Vedic knowledge, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, is the supreme Vedic evidence. In Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.5.12) it is said:
naiṣkarmyam apy acyuta-bhāva-varjitaṁ
na śobhate jñānam alaṁ nirañjanam
kutaḥ punaḥ śaśvad abhadram īśvare
na cārpitaṁ karma yad apy akāraṇam
“Knowledge of self-realization, even though freed from all material affinity, does not look well if devoid of a conception of the Infallible [God]. What, then, is the use of fruitive activities, which are naturally painful from the very beginning and transient by nature, if they are not utilized for the devotional service of the Lord?” This means that even knowledge, which is superior to fruitive activity, is not successful if it is devoid of devotional service. Therefore in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam — in the beginning, middle and end — karma-kāṇḍa and jñāna-kāṇḍa are condemned. For example, in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam 1.1.2 it is said, dharmaḥ projjhita-kaitavo ’tra.
This is explained in the following verses taken from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.11.32) and the Bhagavad-gītā (18.66).
আজ্ঞায়ৈবং গুণান্ দোষান্ময়াদিষ্টানপি স্বকান্ ।
ধর্মান্ সন্ত্যজ্য যঃ সর্বান্মাং ভজেৎ স চ সত্তমঃ ॥ ২৬৪ ॥
ājñāyaivaṁ guṇān doṣān
mayādiṣṭān api svakān
dharmān santyajya yaḥ sarvān
māṁ bhajet sa ca sattamaḥ

Synonyms

ājñāyaknowing perfectly; evamthus; guṇānqualities; doṣānfaults; mayāby Me; ādiṣṭāninstructed; apialthough; svakānown; dharmānoccupational duties; santyajyagiving up; yaḥanyone who; sarvānall; māmunto Me; bhajetmay render service; saḥhe; caand; sat-tamaḥfirst-class person.

Translation

“ ‘Occupational duties are described in the religious scriptures. If one analyzes them, he can fully understand their qualities and faults and then give them up completely to render service unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. A person who does so is considered a first-class man.’
সর্বধর্মান্ পরিত্যজ্য মামেকং শরণং ব্রজ ।
অহং ত্বাং সর্বপাপেভ্যো মোক্ষয়িষ্যামি মা শুচঃ ॥ ২৬৫ ॥
sarva-dharmān parityajya
mām ekaṁ śaranaṁ vraja
ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo
mokṣayiṣyāmi mā śucaḥ

Synonyms

sarva-dharmānall kinds of occupational duties; parityajyagiving up; mām ekamunto Me only; śaraṇamas shelter; vrajago; ahamI; tvāmunto you; sarva-pāpebhyaḥfrom all the reactions of sinful life; mokṣayiṣyāmiwill give liberation; do not; śucaḥworry.

Translation

“ ‘Abandon all varieties of religion and just surrender unto Me. I shall deliver you from all sinful reactions. Do not fear.’
তাবৎ কর্মাণি কুর্বীত ন নির্বিদ্যেত যাবতা ।
মৎকথা-শ্রবণাদৌ বা শ্রদ্ধা যাবন্ন জায়তে ॥ ২৬৬ ॥
tāvat karmāṇi kurvīta
na nirvidyeta yāvatā
mat-kathā-śravaṇādau vā
śraddhā yāvan na jāyate

Synonyms

tāvatup to that time; karmāṇifruitive activities; kurvītaone should execute; na nirvidyetais not satiated; yāvatāas long as; mat-kathāof discourses about Me; śravaṇa-ādauin the matter of śravaṇam, kīrtanam, and so on; or; śraddhāfaith; yāvatas long as; nanot; jāyateis awakened.

Translation

“ ‘As long as one is not satiated by fruitive activity and has not awakened his taste for devotional service by śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥ, one has to act according to the regulative principles of the Vedic injunctions.’

Purport

This is a quotation from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.20.9).
পঞ্চবিধ মুক্তি ত্যাগ করে ভক্তগণ ।
ফল্গু করি’ ‘মুক্তি’ দেখে নরকের সম ॥ ২৬৭ ॥
pañca-vidha mukti tyāga kare bhakta-gaṇa
phalgu kari’ ‘mukti’ dekhe narakera sama

Synonyms

pañca-vidhafive kinds of; muktiliberation; tyāga karegive up; bhakta-gaṇadevotees; phalguinsignificant; kari’considering; muktiliberation; dekhesee; narakerato hell; samaequal.

Translation

“Pure devotees reject the five kinds of liberation; indeed, for them liberation is very insignificant because they see it as hellish.
সালোক্য-সার্ষ্টি-সামীপ্য-সারূপ্যৈকত্বমপ্যুত ।
দীয়মানং ন গৃহ্ণন্তি বিনা মৎসেবনং জনাঃ ॥ ২৬৮ ॥
sālokya-sārṣṭi-sāmīpya-
sārūpyaikatvam apy uta
dīyamānaṁ na gṛhnanti
vinā mat-sevanaṁ janāḥ

Synonyms

sālokyato live on the same planet as the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sārṣṭito possess opulence equal to the Lord’s; sāmīpyato always associate with the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sārūpyato possess bodily features like the Lord’s; ekatvamto merge into the body of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; apieven; utacertainly; dīyamānambeing offered; nanever; gṛhṇantiaccept; vināwithout; matMy; sevanamdevotional service; janāḥdevotees.

Translation

“ ‘Pure devotees always reject the five kinds of liberation, which include living in the spiritual Vaikuṇṭha planets, possessing the same opulences as those possessed by the Supreme Lord, having the same bodily features as the Lord’s, associating with the Lord and merging into the body of the Lord. The pure devotees do not accept these benedictions without the service of the Lord.’

Purport

This is a verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (3.29.13).
যো দুস্ত্যজান্ ক্ষিতিসুতস্বজনার্থদারান্
প্রার্থ্যাং শ্রিয়ং সুরবরৈঃ সদয়াবলোকাম্ ।
নৈচ্ছন্‌নৃপস্তদুচিতং মহতাং মধুদ্বিট্-
সেবানুরক্তমনসামভবোঽপি ফল্গুঃ ॥ ২৬৯ ॥
yo dustyajān kṣiti-suta-svajanārtha-dārān
prārthyāṁ śriyaṁ sura-varaiḥ sadayāvalokām
naicchan nṛpas tad ucitaṁ mahatāṁ madhu-dviṭ-
sevānurakta-manasām abhavo ’pi phalguḥ

Synonyms

yaḥone who; dustyajānvery difficult to give up; kṣitiland; sutachildren; svajanarelatives; arthariches; dārānand wife; prārthyāmdesirable; śriyamfortune; sura-varaiḥby the best of the demigods; sa-dayāmerciful; avalokāmwhose glance; na aicchatdid not desire; nṛpaḥthe King (Mahārāja Bharata); tatthat; ucitamis befitting; mahatāmof great personalities; madhu-dviṭof the killer of the demon Madhu; sevā-anuraktaengaged in the service; manasāmthe minds of whom; abhavaḥcessation of the repetition of birth and death; apieven; phalguḥinsignificant.

Translation

“ ‘It is very difficult to give up material opulence, land, children, society, friends, riches, wife or the blessings of the goddess of fortune, which are desired even by great demigods. But King Bharata did not desire such things, and this was quite befitting his position, because for a pure devotee whose mind is always engaged in the service of the Lord, even liberation, or merging into the existence of the Lord, is insignificant. And what to speak of material opportunities?’

Purport

This is a verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (5.14.44) concerning the glorification of King Bharata, whom Śukadeva Gosvāmī was describing to King Parīkṣit.
নারায়ণপরাঃ সর্বে ন কুতশ্চন বিভ্যতি ।
স্বর্গাপবর্গনরকেষ্বপি তুল্যার্থদর্শিনঃ ॥ ২৭০ ॥
nārāyaṇa-parāḥ sarve
na kutaścana bibhyati
svargāpavarga-narakeṣv
api tulyārtha-darśinaḥ

Synonyms

nārāyaṇa-parāḥpersons who are devotees of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Nārāyaṇa; sarveall; nanever; kutaścanaanywhere; bibhyatiare afraid; svargain the heavenly planetary system; apavargaon the path of liberation; narakeṣuor in a hellish condition of life; apieven; tulyaequal; arthavalue; darśinaḥseers of.

Translation

“ ‘A person who is a devotee of Lord Nārāyaṇa is not afraid of a hellish condition, because he considers it the same as elevation to the heavenly planets or liberation. The devotees of Lord Nārāyaṇa are accustomed to seeing all these things on the same level.’

Purport

This is a verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (6.17.28) regarding the personality Citraketu. Once when Citraketu saw the goddess Pārvatī sitting on the lap of Lord Śambhu (Śiva), he criticized Lord Śiva for being shameless and sitting just like an ordinary man with his wife on his lap. For this reason Citraketu was cursed by Pārvatī. Later he became a demon named Vṛtrāsura. Citraketu was a very powerful king and a devotee, and he could certainly retaliate even against Lord Śiva, but when Pārvatī cursed him, he immediately accepted the curse with a bowed head. When he agreed to accept this curse, Lord Śiva praised him and told Pārvatī that a devotee of Lord Nārāyaṇa is never afraid of accepting any position provided there is a chance to serve the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is the purport of nārāyaṇa-parāḥ sarve na kutaścana bibhyati.
মুক্তি, কর্ম — দুই বস্তু ত্যজে ভক্তগণ ।
সেই দুই স্থাপ’ তুমি ‘সাধ্য’, ‘সাধন’ ॥ ২৭১ ॥
mukti, karma — dui vastu tyaje bhakta-gaṇa
sei dui sthāpa’ tumi ‘sādhya’, ‘sādhana’

Synonyms

muktiliberation; karmafruitive activities; duitwo; vastuthings; tyajegive up; bhakta-gaṇathe devotees; seithose; duitwo; sthāpa’establish; tumiyou; sādhyathe goal of life; sādhanathe process of achievement.

Translation

“Both liberation and fruitive activity are rejected by devotees. You are trying to establish these things as life’s goal and the process for attaining it.”
সন্ন্যাসী দেখিয়া মোরে করহ বঞ্চন ।
না কহিলা তেঞি সাধ্য-সাধন-লক্ষণ ॥ ২৭২ ॥
sannyāsī dekhiyā more karaha vañcana
nā kahilā teñi sādhya-sādhana-lakṣaṇa

Synonyms

sannyāsīa person in the renounced order of life; dekhiyāseeing; moreunto Me; karahayou do; vañcanaduplicity; kahilādid not describe; teñitherefore; sādhyaobjective; sādhanaprocess of achievement; lakṣaṇasymptoms.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued speaking to the Tattvavādī ācārya: “Seeing that I am a mendicant in the renounced order of life, you have been playing with Me in a duplicitous way. You have not actually described the process and ultimate objective.”
শুনি’ তত্ত্বাচার্য হৈলা অন্তরে লজ্জিত ।
প্রভুর বৈষ্ণবতা দেখি, হইলা বিস্মিত ॥ ২৭৩ ॥
śuni’ tattvācārya hailā antare lajjita
prabhura vaiṣṇavatā dekhi, ha-ilā vismita

Synonyms

śuni’hearing; tattva-ācāryathe ācārya of the Tattvavāda sampradāya; hailābecame; antarewithin the mind; lajjitaashamed; prabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vaiṣṇavatādevotion in Vaiṣṇavism; dekhiseeing; ha-ilābecame; vismitastruck with wonder.

Translation

After hearing Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the ācārya of the Tattvavāda sampradāya became very much ashamed. Upon observing Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s rigid faith in Vaiṣṇavism, he was struck with wonder.
আচার্য কহে, — তুমি যেই কহ, সেই সত্য হয় ।
সর্বশাস্ত্রে বৈষ্ণবের এই সুনিশ্চয় ॥ ২৭৪ ॥
ācārya kahe, — tumi yei kaha, sei satya haya
sarva-śāstre vaiṣṇavera ei suniścaya

Synonyms

ācārya kahethe Tattvavādī ācārya said; tumiYou; yeiwhatever; kahasay; seithat; satyatruth; hayais; sarva-śāstrein all revealed scriptures; vaiṣṇaveraof the devotees of Lord Viṣṇu; eithis; su-niścayaconclusion.

Translation

The Tattvavādī ācārya replied, “What You have said is certainly factual. It is the conclusion of all the revealed scriptures of the Vaiṣṇavas.
তথাপি মধ্বাচার্য যে করিয়াছে নির্বন্ধ ।
সেই আচরিয়ে সবে সম্প্রদায়-সম্বন্ধ ॥ ২৭৫ ॥
tathāpi madhvācārya ye kariyāche nirbandha
sei ācariye sabe sampradāya-sambandha

Synonyms

tathāpistill; madhva-ācāryaMadhvācārya; yewhatever; kariyācheformulated; nirbandharules and regulations; seithat; ācariyewe practice; sabeall; sampradāyaparty; sambandharelationship.

Translation

“Still, whatever Madhvācārya has established as the formula for our party we practice as a party policy.”
প্রভু কহে, — কর্মী, জ্ঞানী, — দুই ভক্তিহীন ।
তোমার সম্প্রদায়ে দেখি সেই দুই চিহ্ন ॥ ২৭৬ ॥
prabhu kahe,karmī, jñānī, — dui bhakti-hīna
tomāra sampradāye dekhi sei dui cihna

Synonyms

prabhu kaheLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; karmīfruitive worker; jñānīmental speculator; duiboth of them; bhakti-hīnanondevotees; tomārayour; sampradāyein the community; dekhiI see; seithose; duiboth; cihnasymptoms.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “Both the fruitive worker and the speculative philosopher are considered nondevotees. We see both elements present in your sampradāya.
সবে, এক গুণ দেখি তোমার সম্প্রদায়ে ।
সত্যবিগ্রহ করি’ ঈশ্বরে করহ নিশ্চয়ে ॥ ২৭৭ ॥
sabe, eka guṇa dekhi tomāra sampradāye
satya-vigraha kari’ īśvare karaha niścaye

Synonyms

sabein all; ekaone; guṇaquality; dekhiI see; tomārayour; sampradāyein the party; satya-vigrahathe form of the Lord as truth; kari’accepting; īśvarethe Supreme Personality of Godhead; karahayou do; niścayeconviction.

Translation

“The only qualification that I see in your sampradāya is that you accept the form of the Lord as truth.”

Purport

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu wanted to point out to the Tattvavādī ācārya, who belonged to the Madhvācārya-sampradāya, that the general behavior of the Tattvavādīs did not favor pure devotional service, which must be devoid of the taints of fruitive activity and speculative knowledge. As far as fruitive activity is concerned, the contamination is the desire for elevation to a higher standard of life, and for speculative knowledge the contamination is the desire to merge into the existence of the Absolute Truth. The Tattvavāda sampradāya of the Madhvācārya school sticks to the principle of varṇāśrama-dharma, which involves fruitive activity. Their ultimate goal (mukti) is simply a form of material desire. A pure devotee should be free from all kinds of material desire. He simply engages in the service of the Lord. Nonetheless, Caitanya Mahāprabhu was pleased that the Madhvācārya-sampradāya, or the Tattvavāda sampradāya, accepted the transcendental form of the Lord. This is the great qualification of the Vaiṣṇava sampradāyas.
It is the Māyāvāda sampradāya that does not accept the transcendental form of the Lord. If a Vaiṣṇava sampradāya is also carried away by that impersonal attitude, that sampradāya has no position at all. It is a fact that there are many so-called Vaiṣṇavas whose ultimate aim is to merge into the existence of the Lord. For example, the sahajiyās’ Vaiṣṇava philosophy is to become one with the Supreme. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu points out that Śrī Mādhavendra Purī accepted Madhvācārya only because his sampradāya accepted the transcendental form of the Lord.
এইমত তাঁর ঘরে গর্ব চূর্ণ করি’ ।
ফল্গুতীর্থে তবে চলি আইলা গৌরহরি ॥ ২৭৮ ॥
ei-mata tāṅra ghare garva cūrṇa kari’
phalgu-tīrthe tabe cali āilā gaurahari

Synonyms

ei-matain this way; tāṅra ghareat his place; garvapride; cūrṇabroken; kari’making; phalgu-tīrtheto the holy place named Phalgu-tīrtha; tabethen; caliwalking; āilācame; gaurahariLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

Thus Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu broke the pride of the Tattvavādīs to pieces. He then went to the holy place known as Phalgu-tīrtha.
ত্রিতকূপে বিশালার করি’ দরশন ।
পঞ্চাপ্সরা-তীর্থে আইলা শচীর নন্দন ॥ ২৭৯ ॥
tritakūpe viśālāra kari’ daraśana
pañcāpsarā-tīrthe āilā śacīra nandana

Synonyms

tritakūpeto Tritakūpa; viśālāraof the Deity named Viśālā; kari’doing; daraśanavisiting; pañca-apsarā-tīrtheto Pañcāpsarā-tīrtha; āilācame; śacīra nandanathe son of mother Śacī.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the son of mother Śacī, next went to Tritakūpa, and after seeing the Viśālā Deity there, He went to the holy place known as Pañcāpsarā-tīrtha.

Purport

The Apsarās, denizens of the heavenly planets, are generally known as dancing girls. The girls in the heavenly planets are exquisitely beautiful, and if a woman on earth is found to be very beautiful, she is compared to the Apsarās. There were five Apsarās named Latā, Budbudā, Samīcī, Saurabheyī and Varṇā. It is said that these five beautiful dancing girls were sent by Indra to break the severe austerity of a saintly person called Acyuta Ṛṣi. This action was typical of Indra, the King of heaven. Whenever Indra discovered someone undergoing severe austerities, he would begin to fear for his post. Indra was always anxious about his position, fearing that if someone became more powerful than he was, he would lose his elevated position. Thus as soon as he would see a saint undergoing severe austerities, he would send dancing girls to distract him. Even the great saint Viśvāmitra Muni fell victim to his plan.
When the five Apsarās went to break Acyuta Ṛṣi’s meditation, they were all chastised and cursed by the saint. As a result, the girls turned into crocodiles in a lake that came to be known as Pañcāpsarā. Lord Rāmacandra also visited this place. From Śrī Nārada Muni’s narration, it is understood that when Arjuna went to visit the holy places, he learned about the condemnation of the five Apsarās. He delivered them from their abominable condition, and from that day the lake known as Pañcāpsarā became a place of pilgrimage.
গোকর্ণে শিব দেখি’ আইলা দ্বৈপায়নি ।
সূর্পারক-তীর্থে আইলা ন্যাসিশিরোমণি ॥ ২৮০ ॥
gokarṇe śiva dekhi’ āilā dvaipāyani
sūrpāraka-tīrthe āilā nyāsi-śiromaṇi

Synonyms

gokarṇein the place named Gokarṇa; śivathe temple of Lord Śiva; dekhi’seeing; āilācame; dvaipāyanito Dvaipāyani; sūrpāraka-tīrtheto the holy place named Sūrpāraka; āilācame; nyāsi-śiromaṇithe best of the sannyāsīs, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

After seeing Pañcāpsarā, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to Gokarṇa. While there, He visited the temple of Lord Śiva, and then He went to Dvaipāyani. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the crown jewel of all sannyāsīs, then went to Sūrpāraka-tīrtha.

Purport

Gokarṇa is situated in North Kanara, in the Karnataka state. It is about thirty-three miles southeast of Karwar. This place is very famous for the temple of Lord Śiva known as Mahā-baleśvara. Hundreds and thousands of pilgrims come to see this temple.
Sūrpāraka is about twenty-six miles north of Bombay. In the Maharashtra province, near Bombay, is a district known as Thānā and a place known as Sopārā. Sūrpāraka is mentioned in the Mahābhārata (Śānti-parva, chapter 41, verses 66-67).
কোলাপুরে লক্ষ্মী দেখি’ দেখেন ক্ষীর-ভগবতী ।
লাঙ্গ-গণেশ দেখি’ দেখেন চোর-পার্বতী ॥ ২৮১ ॥
kolāpure lakṣmī dekhi’ dekhena kṣīra-bhagavatī
lāṅga-gaṇeśa dekhi’ dekhena cora-pārvatī

Synonyms

kolāpureat Kolāpura; lakṣmīthe goddess of fortune; dekhi’seeing; dekhenaHe visited; kṣīra-bhagavatīthe temple of Kṣīra-bhagavatī; lāṅga-gaṇeśathe deity Lāṅga-gaṇeśa; dekhi’seeing; dekhenaHe sees; cora-pārvatīthe goddess Pārvatī, who is known as a thief.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then visited the town of Kolāpura, where He saw the goddess of fortune in the temple of Kṣīra-bhagavatī and saw Lāṅga-gaṇeśa in another temple, known as Cora-pārvatī.

Purport

Kolāpura is a town in the Maharashtra province, formerly known as Bombay Pradesh. Formerly Kolāpura was a native state, and it is bordered on the north by the district of Sāṅtārā, on the east and south by the district of Belagāma, and on the west by the district of Ratnagiri. In Kolāpura there is a river named Urṇā. From the Bombay Gazette it is understood that there were about 250 temples there, out of which six are very famous. These are (1) Ambābāi, or Mahālakṣmī Mandira, (2) Viṭhobā Mandira, (3) Ṭemblāi Mandira, (4) Mahākālī Mandira, (5) Phirāṅga-i, or Pratyaṅgirā Mandira, and (6) Yāllāmmā Mandira.
তথা হৈতে পাণ্ডরপুরে আইলা গৌরচন্দ্র ।
বিঠ্ঠল-ঠাকুর দেখি’ পাইলা আনন্দ ॥ ২৮২ ॥
tathā haite pāṇḍarapure āilā gauracandra
viṭhṭhala-ṭhākura dekhi’ pāilā ānanda

Synonyms

tathā haitefrom there; pāṇḍara-pureto Pāṇḍarapura; āilācame; gauracandraLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; viṭhṭhala-ṭhākurathe Deity known as Viṭhṭhala; dekhi’seeing; pāilāgot; ānandagreat happiness.

Translation

From there Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to Pāṇḍarapura, where He happily saw the temple of Viṭhṭhala Ṭhākura.

Purport

The city of Pāṇḍarapura is situated on the river Bhīmā. It is said that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu initiated Tukārāma when He visited Pāṇḍarapura, and thus Tukārāma became His disciple. Tukārāma Ācārya became very famous in the Maharashtra province, and he spread the saṅkīrtana movement all over the province. The saṅkīrtana party belonging to Tukārāma is still very popular in Bombay and throughout the province of Maharashtra. Tukārāma’s book is known as Abhaṅga. His saṅkīrtana party exactly resembles the Gauḍīya-Vaiṣṇava saṅkīrtana parties, for they chant the holy name of the Lord with mṛdaṅga and karatālas.
The Lord Viṭhṭhaladeva mentioned in this verse is a form of Lord Viṣṇu with two hands. He is Nārāyaṇa.
প্রেমাবেশে কৈল বহুত কীর্তন-নর্তন ।
তাহাঁ এক বিপ্র তাঁরে কৈল নিমন্ত্রণ ॥ ২৮৩ ॥
premāveśe kaila bahuta kīrtana-nartana
tāhāṅ eka vipra tāṅre kaila nimantraṇa

Synonyms

prema-āveśein the great ecstasy of love; kailaperformed; bahutamuch; kīrtana-nartanachanting and dancing; tāhāṅthere; ekaone; viprabrāhmaṇa; tāṅreunto Him; kailadid; nimantraṇainvitation.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu chanted and danced in various ways as usual. A brāhmaṇa, seeing Him in ecstatic love, was very pleased and invited the Lord to his home for lunch.
বহুত আদরে প্রভুকে ভিক্ষা করাইল ।
ভিক্ষা করি’ তথা এক শুভবার্তা পাইল ॥ ২৮৪ ॥
bahuta ādare prabhuke bhikṣā karāila
bhikṣā kari’ tathā eka śubha-vārtā pāila

Synonyms

bahuta ādarewith great love; prabhukeunto Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhikṣā karāilaoffered lunch; bhikṣā kari’after finishing His lunch; tathāthere; ekaone; śubha-vārtāauspicious news; pāilagot.

Translation

The brāhmaṇa offered Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu food with great respect and love. After finishing His lunch, the Lord received auspicious news.
মাধব-পুরীর শিষ্য ‘শ্রীরঙ্গ-পুরী’ নাম ।
সেই গ্রামে বিপ্রগৃহে করেন বিশ্রাম ॥ ২৮৫ ॥
mādhava-purīra śiṣya ‘śrī-raṅga-purī’ nāma
sei grāme vipra-gṛhe karena viśrāma

Synonyms

mādhava-purīra śiṣyaa disciple of Mādhavendra Purī; śrī-raṅga-purīŚrī Raṅga Purī; nāmanamed; sei grāmein that village; vipra-gṛhein the house of a brāhmaṇa; karena viśrāmarests.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu received word that Śrī Raṅga Purī, one of the disciples of Śrī Mādhavendra Purī, was present in that village at the home of a brāhmaṇa.
শুনিয়া চলিলা প্রভু তাঁরে দেখিবারে ।
বিপ্রগৃহে বসি’ আছেন, দেখিলা তাঁহারে ॥ ২৮৬ ॥
śuniyā calilā prabhu tāṅre dekhibāre
vipra-gṛhe vasi’ āchena, dekhilā tāṅhāre

Synonyms

śuniyāhearing; calilāwent; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅrehim; dekhibāreto see; vipra-gṛheat the house of the brāhmaṇa; vasi’sitting; āchenawas; dekhilāsaw; tāṅhārehim.

Translation

Hearing this news, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu immediately went to see Śrī Raṅga Purī at the brāhmaṇa’s home. Upon entering, the Lord saw him sitting there.
প্রেমাবেশে করে তাঁরে দণ্ড-পরণাম ।
অশ্রু, পুলক, কম্প, সর্বাঙ্গে পড়ে ঘাম ॥ ২৮৭ ॥
premāveśe kare tāṅre daṇḍa-paraṇāma
aśru, pulaka, kampa, sarvāṅge paḍe ghāma

Synonyms

prema-āveśein ecstatic love; karedoes; tāṅreunto him; daṇḍa-paraṇāmaobeisances, falling flat; aśrutears; pulakajubilation; kampatrembling; sarva-aṅgeall over the body; paḍethere was; ghāmaperspiration.

Translation

As soon as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu saw Śrī Raṅga Purī, He immediately offered him obeisances in ecstatic love, falling flat on the ground. The symptoms of transcendental transformation were visible — namely, tears, jubilation, trembling and perspiration.
দেখিয়া বিস্মিত হৈল শ্রীরঙ্গ-পুরীর মন ।
‘উঠহ শ্রীপাদ’ বলি’ বলিলা বচন ॥ ২৮৮ ॥
dekhiyā vismita haila śrī-raṅga-purīra mana
‘uṭhaha śrīpāda’ bali’ balilā vacana

Synonyms

dekhiyāseeing; vismitaastonished; hailabecame; śrī-raṅga-purīraof Śrī Raṅga Purī; manathe mind; uṭhahaget up; śrī-pādaYour Holiness; bali’saying; balilā vacanabegan to speak.

Translation

Upon seeing Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu in such an ecstatic mood, Śrī Raṅga Purī said, “Your Holiness, please get up.
শ্রীপাদ, ধর মোর গোসাঞির সম্বন্ধ ।
তাহা বিনা অন্যত্র নাহি এই প্রেমার গন্ধ ॥ ২৮৯ ॥
śrīpāda, dhara mora gosāñira sambandha
tāhā vinā anyatra nāhi ei premāra gandha

Synonyms

śrī-pādaO Your Holiness; dharaYou hold; moramy; gosāñirawith Śrī Mādhavendra Purī; sambandharelationship; tāhā vināwithout him; anyatraelsewhere; nāhithere is not; eithis; premāraof ecstasy; gandhafragrance.

Translation

“Your Holiness is certainly related to Śrī Mādhavendra Purī, without whom there is no fragrance of ecstatic love.”

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura remarks that up to the advent of His Holiness Śrīpāda Lakṣmīpati Tīrtha, it was the system in the disciplic succession of Madhvācārya to worship Lord Kṛṣṇa alone. After Śrīla Mādhavendra Purī, worship of both Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa was established. For this reason Śrī Mādhavendra Purī is accepted as the root of worship in ecstatic love. Unless one is connected to the disciplic succession of Mādhavendra Purī, there is no possibility of awakening the symptoms of ecstatic love. The word gosāñi is significant in this connection. The spiritual master who is fully surrendered unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead and has no business other than the Lord’s service is called the best of the paramahaṁsas. A paramahaṁsa has no program for sense gratification; he is interested only in satisfying the senses of the Lord. One who has control of the senses in this way is called a gosāñi or a gosvāmī, master of the senses. The senses cannot be controlled unless one is engaged in the service of the Lord; therefore the bona fide spiritual master, who has full control over his senses, engages twenty-four hours a day in the Lord’s service. He can therefore be addressed as gosāñi or gosvāmī. The title gosvāmī cannot be inherited but can be given only to a bona fide spiritual master.
There were six great Gosvāmīs of Vṛndāvana — Śrīla Rūpa, Sanātana, Bhaṭṭa Raghunātha, Śrī Jīva, Gopāla Bhaṭṭa and Dāsa Raghunātha — and none of them inherited the title of gosvāmī. All the Gosvāmīs of Vṛndāvana were bona fide spiritual masters situated on the highest platform of devotional service, and for that reason they were called gosvāmīs. All the temples of Vṛndāvana were certainly started by the six Gosvāmīs. Later the worship in the temples was entrusted to some householder disciples of the Gosvāmīs, and since then the hereditary title of gosvāmī has been used. However, only one who is a bona fide spiritual master expanding the cult of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement, and who is in full control of his senses can be addressed as a gosvāmī. Unfortunately, the hereditary process is going on; therefore at the present moment, in most cases the title is being misused due to ignorance of the word’s etymology.
এত বলি’ প্রভুকে উঠাঞা কৈল আলিঙ্গন ।
গলাগলি করি’ দুঁহে করেন ক্রন্দন ॥ ২৯০ ॥
eta bali’ prabhuke uthāñā kaila āliṅgana
galāgali kari’ duṅhe karena krandana

Synonyms

eta bali’saying this; prabhukeLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; uthāñālifting up; kailadid; āliṅganaembracing; galāgalishoulder to shoulder; kari’doing; duṅheboth of them; karenado; krandanacrying.

Translation

After saying this, Śrī Raṅga Purī lifted Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu up and embraced Him. As they embraced shoulder to shoulder, they both began to cry in ecstasy.
ক্ষণেকে আবেশ ছাড়ি’ দুঁহার ধৈর্য হৈল ।
ঈশ্বর-পুরীর সম্বন্ধ গোসাঞি জানাইল ॥ ২৯১ ॥
kṣaṇeke āveśa chāḍi’ duṅhāra dhairya haila
īśvara-purīra sambandha gosāñi jānāila

Synonyms

kṣaṇekeafter just a few moments; āveśaecstasy; chāḍi’giving up; duṅhāraof both of them; dhairyapatience; hailathere was; īśvara-purīraof Īśvara Purī; sambandharelationship; gosāñiŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; jānāiladisclosed.

Translation

After some moments, they came to their senses and became patient. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then informed Śrī Raṅga Purī about His relationship with Īśvara Purī.
অদ্ভুত প্রেমের বন্যা দুঁহার উথলিল ।
দুঁহে মান্য করি’ দুঁহে আনন্দে বসিল ॥ ২৯২ ॥
adbhuta premera vanyā duṅhāra uthalila
duṅhe mānya kari’ duṅhe ānande vasila

Synonyms

adbhutawonderful; premeraof love of Godhead; vanyāinundation; duṅhāraof both of them; uthalilaarose; duṅheboth of them; mānya kari’offering respect; duṅheboth of them; ānandewith great happiness; vasilasat down.

Translation

They were both inundated by the wonderful ecstasy of love that was aroused in them. Finally they sat down and respectfully began to converse.
দুই জনে কৃষ্ণকথা কহে রাত্রি-দিনে ।
এইমতে গোঙাইল পাঁচ-সাত দিনে ॥ ২৯৩ ॥
dui jane kṛṣṇa-kathā kahe rātri-dine
ei-mate goṅāila pāṅca-sāta dine

Synonyms

dui janeboth the persons; kṛṣṇa-kathātopics of Kṛṣṇa; kahespeak; rātri-dineday and night; ei-matein this way; goṅāilapassed; pāṅca-sātafive to seven; dinedays.

Translation

In this way they discussed topics about Lord Kṛṣṇa continually for five to seven days.
কৌতুকে পুরী তাঁরে পুছিল জন্মস্থান
গোসাঞি কৌতুকে কহেন ‘নবদ্বীপ’ নাম ॥ ২৯৪ ॥
kautuke purī tāṅre puchila janma-sthāna
gosāñi kautuke kahena ‘navadvīpa’ nāma

Synonyms

kautukeout of curiosity; purīŚrī Raṅga Purī; tāṅreHim; puchilaasked; janma-sthānathe place of birth; gosāñiŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kautukeas a matter of course; kahenasaid; nava-dvīpaNavadvīpa; nāmaname.

Translation

Out of curiosity, Śrī Raṅga Purī asked Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu about His birthplace, and the Lord informed him that it was Navadvīpa-dhāma.
শ্রীমাধব-পুরীর সঙ্গে শ্রীরঙ্গ-পুরী ।
পূর্বে আসিয়াছিলা তেঁহো নদীয়া-নগরী ॥ ২৯৫ ॥
śrī-mādhava-purīra saṅge śrī-raṅga-purī
pūrve āsiyāchilā teṅho nadīyā-nagarī

Synonyms

śrī-mādhava-purīra saṅgewith Śrī Mādhavendra Purī; śrī-raṅga-purīŚrī Raṅga Purī; pūrveformerly; āsiyāchilācame; teṅhohe; nadīyā-nagarīto the city of Nadia.

Translation

Śrī Raṅga Purī had formerly gone to Navadvīpa with Śrī Mādhavendra Purī, and he therefore remembered the incidents that had taken place there.
জগন্নাথমিশ্র-ঘরে ভিক্ষা যে করিল ।
অপূর্ব মোচার ঘণ্ট তাহাঁ যে খাইল ॥ ২৯৬ ॥
jagannātha-miśra-ghare bhikṣā ye karila
apūrva mocāra ghaṇṭa tāhāṅ ye khāila

Synonyms

jagannātha-miśra-gharein the house of Śrī Jagannātha Miśra; bhikṣālunch; yethat; karilatook; apūrvaunprecedented; mocāra ghaṇṭacurry made of plantain flowers; tāhāṅthere; yethat; khāilaate.

Translation

As soon as Śrī Raṅga Purī recalled Navadvīpa, he also recalled accompanying Śrī Mādhavendra Purī to the house of Jagannātha Miśra, where Raṅga Purī had taken lunch. He even remembered the taste of an unprecedented curry made of banana flowers.
জগন্নাথের ব্রাহ্মণী, তেঁহ — মহা-পতিব্রতা ।
বাৎসল্যে হয়েন তেঁহ যেন জগন্মাতা ॥ ২৯৭ ॥
jagannāthera brāhmaṇī, teṅha — mahā-pativratā
vātsalye hayena teṅha yena jagan-mātā

Synonyms

jagannātheraof Jagannātha Miśra; brāhmaṇīwife; teṅhashe; mahāgreat; pati-vratādevoted to her husband; vātsalyein affection; hayenawas; teṅhashe; yenaas if; jagat-mātāthe mother of the whole universe.

Translation

Śrī Raṅga Purī also remembered the wife of Jagannātha Miśra. She was very devoted and chaste. As for her affection, she was exactly like the mother of the universe.
রন্ধনে নিপুণা তাঁ-সম নাহি ত্রিভুবনে ।
পুত্রসম স্নেহ করেন সন্ন্যাসি-ভোজনে ॥ ২৯৮ ॥
randhane nipuṇā tāṅ-sama nāhi tribhuvane
putra-sama sneha karena sannyāsi-bhojane

Synonyms

randhanein cooking; nipuṇāvery expert; tāṅ-samalike her; nāhithere is none; tri-bhuvanein the three worlds; putra-samalike to her own sons; sneha karenashe was affectionate; sannyāsi-bhojanein feeding the sannyāsīs..

Translation

He also remembered how Śrī Jagannātha Miśra’s wife, Śacīmātā, was expert in cooking. He recalled that she was very affectionate toward the sannyāsīs and fed them exactly like her own sons.
তাঁর এক যোগ্য পুত্র করিয়াছে সন্ন্যাস ।
‘শঙ্করারণ্য’ নাম তাঁর অল্প বয়স ॥ ২৯৯ ॥
tāṅra eka yogya putra kariyāche sannyāsa
‘śaṅkarāraṇya’ nāma tāṅra alpa vayasa

Synonyms

tāṅraher; ekaone; yogyadeserving; putrason; kariyāchehas accepted; sannyāsathe renounced order of life; śaṅkarāraṇyaŚaṅkarāraṇya; nāmanamed; tāṅrahis; alpalittle; vayasaage.

Translation

Śrī Raṅga Purī also remembered that one of her deserving sons had accepted the renounced order at a very young age. His name was Śaṅkarāraṇya.
এই তীর্থে শঙ্করারণ্যের সিদ্ধিপ্রাপ্তি হৈল ।
প্রস্তাবে শ্রীরঙ্গ-পুরী এতেক কহিল ॥ ৩০০ ॥
ei tīrthe śaṅkarāraṇyera siddhi-prāpti haila
prastāve śrī-raṅga-purī eteka kahila

Synonyms

ei tīrthein this holy place; śaṅkarāraṇyeraof Śaṅkarāraṇya; siddhi-prāptiattainment of perfection; hailabecame fulfilled; prastāvein the course of conversation; śrī-raṅga-purīŚrī Raṅga Purī; etekathus; kahilaspoke.

Translation

Śrī Raṅga Purī informed Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu that the sannyāsī named Śaṅkarāraṇya had attained perfection in that holy place, Pāṇḍarapura.

Purport

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s elder brother was named Viśvarūpa. He left home before Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and accepted the sannyāsa order under the name of Śaṅkarāraṇya Svāmī. He traveled all over the country and finally went to Pāṇḍarapura, where He passed away after attaining perfection. In other words, He entered the spiritual world after giving up His mortal body at Pāṇḍarapura. Śrī Raṅga Purī, a disciple of Śrī Mādhavendra Purī and Godbrother of Īśvara Purī, disclosed this important news to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
প্রভু কহে, — পূর্বাশ্রমে তেঁহ মোর ভ্রাতা ।
জগন্নাথ মিশ্র — পূর্বাশ্রমে মোর পিতা ॥ ৩০১ ॥
prabhu kahe,pūrvāśrame teṅha mora bhrātā
jagannātha miśra
pūrvāśrame mora pitā

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord replied; pūrva-āśramein My previous āśrama; teṅhaHe; mora bhrātāMy brother; jagannātha miśraJagannātha Miśra; pūrva-āśramein My previous āśrama; mora pitāMy father.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “In My previous āśrama, Śaṅkarāraṇya was My brother and Jagannātha Miśra was My father.”
এইমত দুইজনে ইষ্টগোষ্ঠী করি’ ।
দ্বারকা দেখিতে চলিলা শ্রীরঙ্গপুরী ॥ ৩০২ ॥
ei-mata dui-jane iṣṭa-goṣṭhī kari’
dvārakā dekhite calilā śrī-raṅga-purī

Synonyms

ei-matain this way; dui-janeboth of them; iṣṭa-goṣṭhī kari’discussing many topics; dvārakā dekhiteto see Dvārakā; calilāstarted; śrī-raṅga-purīŚrī Raṅga Purī.

Translation

After finishing his talks with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Śrī Raṅga Purī started for Dvārakā-dhāma.
দিন চারি তথা প্রভুকে রাখিল ব্রাহ্মণ ।
ভীমানদী স্নান করি’ করেন বিঠ্ঠল দর্শন ॥ ৩০৩ ॥
dina cāri tathā prabhuke rākhila brāhmaṇa
bhīmā-nadī snāna kari’ karena viṭhṭhala darśana

Synonyms

dinadays; cārifour; tathāthere; prabhukeLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; rākhilakept; brāhmaṇathe brāhmaṇa; bhīmā-nadīin the river Bhīmā; snāna kari’bathing; karenadoes; viṭhṭhala darśanavisit the temple of Viṭhṭhala.

Translation

After Śrī Raṅga Purī departed for Dvārakā, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu remained with the brāhmaṇa at Pāṇḍarapura for four more days. He took His bath in the Bhīmā River and visited the temple of Viṭhṭhala.
তবে মহাপ্রভু আইলা কৃষ্ণবেণ্বা-তীরে ।
নানা তীর্থ দেখি’ তাহাঁ দেবতা-মন্দিরে ॥ ৩০৪ ॥
tabe mahāprabhu āilā kṛṣṇa-veṇvā-tīre
nānā tīrtha dekhi’ tāhāṅ devatā-mandire

Synonyms

tabethereafter; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āilācame; kṛṣṇa-veṇvā-tīreto the bank of the river Kṛṣṇa-veṇvā; nānāvarious; tīrthaholy places; dekhi’seeing; tāhāṅthere; devatā-mandirein the temples of some gods.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu next went to the bank of the Kṛṣṇa-veṇvā River, where He visited many holy places and the temples of various gods.

Purport

This river is a branch of the river Kṛṣṇā. It is said that Ṭhākura Bilvamaṅgala resided on the banks of this river, which is also called the Vīnā, the Veṇī, the Sinā and the Bhīmā.
ব্রাহ্মণ-সমাজ সব — বৈষ্ণব-চরিত ।
বৈষ্ণব সকল পড়ে ‘কৃষ্ণকর্ণামৃত’ ॥ ৩০৫ ॥
brāhmaṇa-samāja saba — vaiṣṇava-carita
vaiṣṇava sakala paḍe ‘kṛṣṇa-karṇāmṛta’

Synonyms

brāhmaṇa-samājathe community of brāhmaṇas; sabaall; vaiṣṇava-caritapure devotees; vaiṣṇava sakalaall the Vaiṣṇavas; paḍestudy; kṛṣṇa-karṇāmṛtathe Kṛṣṇa-karṇāmṛta of Bilvamaṅgala Ṭhākura.

Translation

The brāhmaṇa community there was composed of pure devotees. They regularly studied a book entitled Kṛṣṇa-karṇāmṛta, which was composed by Bilvamaṅgala Ṭhākura.

Purport

This book was composed by Bilvamaṅgala Ṭhākura in 112 verses. There are two or three other books bearing the same name, and there are also two commentaries on Bilvamaṅgala’s book. One commentary was written by Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī and the other by Caitanya dāsa Gosvāmī.
কৃষ্ণকর্ণামৃত শুনি’ প্রভুর আনন্দ হৈল ।
আগ্রহ করিয়া পুঁথি লেখাঞা লৈল ॥ ৩০৬ ॥
kṛṣṇa-karṇāmṛta śuni’ prabhura ānanda haila
āgraha kariyā puṅthi lekhāñā laila

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa-karṇāmṛta śuni’after hearing the Kṛṣṇa-karnāmṛta; prabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; ānanda hailathere was great happiness; āgraha kariyawith great eagerness; puṅthithe book; lekhāñāgetting copied; lailatook.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was very pleased to hear the book Kṛṣṇa-karṇāmṛta, and with great eagerness He had it copied and took it with Him.
‘কর্ণামৃত’-সম বস্তু নাহি ত্রিভুবনে ।
যাহা হৈতে হয় কৃষ্ণে শুদ্ধপ্রেমজ্ঞানে ॥ ৩০৭ ॥
‘karṇāmṛta’-sama vastu nāhi tribhuvane
yāhā haite haya kṛṣṇe śuddha-prema-jñāne

Synonyms

karṇāmṛtathe Kṛṣṇa-karṇāmṛta; samalike; vastu nāhithere is nothing; tri-bhuvanein the three worlds; yāhā haitefrom which; hayathere is; kṛṣṇeunto Lord Kṛṣṇa; śuddha-prema-jñāneknowledge of pure devotional service.

Translation

There is no comparison to the Kṛṣṇa-karṇāmṛta within the three worlds. By studying this book, one is elevated to the knowledge of pure devotional service to Kṛṣṇa.
সৌন্দর্য-মাধুর্য-কৃষ্ণলীলার অবধি ।
সেই জানে, যে ‘কর্ণামৃত’ পড়ে নিরবধি ॥ ৩০৮ ॥
saundarya-mādhurya-kṛṣṇa-līlāra avadhi
sei jāne, ye ‘karṇāmṛta’ paḍe niravadhi

Synonyms

saundaryabeauty; mādhuryasweetness; kṛṣṇa-līlāraof the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa; avadhilimit; sei jānehe knows; yeone who; karṇāmṛtathe book Kṛṣṇa-karṇāmṛta; paḍestudies; niravadhiconstantly.

Translation

One who constantly reads the Kṛṣṇa-karṇāmṛta can fully understand the beauty and melodious taste of the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa.
‘ব্রহ্মসংহিতা’, ‘কর্ণামৃত’ দুই পুঁথি পাঞা ।
মহারত্নপ্রায় পাই আইলা সঙ্গে লঞা ॥ ৩০৯ ॥
‘brahma-saṁhitā’, ‘karṇāmṛta’ dui puṅthi pāñā
mahā-ratna-prāya pāi āilā saṅge lañā

Synonyms

brahma-saṁhitāthe book Brahma-saṁhitā; karṇāmṛtathe book Kṛṣṇa-karṇāmṛta; duitwo; puṅthibooks; pāñāgetting; mahā-ratna-prāyalike the most valuable jewels; pāigetting; āilācame back; saṅgewith Him; lañātaking.

Translation

The Brahma-saṁhitā and Kṛṣṇa-karṇāmṛta were two books that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu considered to be most valuable jewels. Therefore He took them with Him on His return trip.
তাপী স্নান করি’ আইলা মাহিষ্মতীপুরে ।
নানা তীর্থ দেখি তাহাঁ নর্মদার তীরে ॥ ৩১০ ॥
tāpī snāna kari’ āilā māhiṣmatī-pure
nānā tīrtha dekhi tāhāṅ narmadāra tīre

Synonyms

tāpīin the Tāpī River; snāna kari’taking a bath; āilāarrived; māhiṣmatī-pureat Māhiṣmatī-pura; nānā tīrthamany holy places; dekhiseeing; tāhāṅthere; narmadāra tīreon the bank of the river Narmadā.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu next arrived at the banks of the river Tāpī. After bathing there, He went to Māhiṣmatī-pura. While there, He saw many holy places on the banks of the river Narmadā.

Purport

The river Tāpī is also known as Tāpti. The river’s source is a mountain called Multāi, and the river flows westward through the state of Saurāṣṭra and into the Arabian Sea.
Māhiṣmatī-pura (Maheshwar) is mentioned in Mahābhārata in connection with Sahadeva’s victory. Sahadeva, the youngest brother of the Pāṇḍavas, conquered that part of the country. As stated in the Mahābhārata:
tato ratnāny upādāyapurīṁ māhiṣmatīṁ yayau
tatra nīlena rājñā sa
cakre yuddhaṁ nararṣabhaḥ
“After acquiring jewels, Sahadeva went to the city of Māhiṣmatī, where he fought with a king called Nīla.”
ধনুস্তীর্থ দেখি’ করিলা নির্বিন্ধ্যাতে স্নানে ।
ঋষ্যমূক-গিরি আইলা দণ্ডকারণ্যে ॥ ৩১১ ॥
dhanus-tīrtha dekhi’ karilā nirvindhyāte snāne
ṛṣyamūka-giri āilā daṇḍakāraṇye

Synonyms

dhanuḥ-tīrthaDhanus-tīrtha; dekhi’seeing; karilādid; nirvindhyātein the river Nirvindhyā; snānebathing; ṛṣyamūka-giriat the Ṛṣyamūka Mountain; āilāarrived; daṇḍaka-araṇyein the forest known as Daṇḍakāraṇya.

Translation

The Lord next arrived at Dhanus-tīrtha, where He took His bath in the river Nirvindhyā. He then arrived at Ṛṣyamūka Mountain and then went to Daṇḍakāraṇya.

Purport

According to some opinions, Ṛṣyamūka is a chain of mountains beginning at the village of Hāmpi-grāma in the district of Belāri. The mountain chain begins along the bank of the river Tuṅgabhadrā, which gradually reaches the state of Hyderabad. According to other opinions, this hill is situated in Madhya Pradesh and bears the present name of Rāmpa. Daṇḍakāraṇya is a spacious tract of land which begins north of Khāndeśa and extends up to the southern Āhammada-nagara through Nāsika and Āuraṅgābāda. The Godāvarī River flows through this tract of land, and there is a great forest there where Lord Rāmacandra lived.
‘সপ্ততাল-বৃক্ষ’দেখে কানন-ভিতর ।
অতি বৃদ্ধ, অতি স্থূল, অতি উচ্চতর ॥ ৩১২ ॥
‘saptatāla-vṛkṣa’ dekhe kānana-bhitara
ati vṛddha, ati sthūla, ati uccatara

Synonyms

sapta-tāla-vṛkṣaseven palm trees; dekhesees; kānana bhitarawithin the forest; ati vṛddhavery old; ati sthūlavery bulky; ati uccataravery high.

Translation

Within the Daṇḍakāraṇya forest Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then visited a place called Saptatāla. The seven palm trees there were very old, very bulky and very high.

Purport

The name Saptatāla is mentioned in the Kiṣkindhyā section of the Rāmāyaṇa and is described in the eleventh and twelfth chapters of that section.
সপ্ততাল দেখি’ প্রভু আলিঙ্গন কৈল ।
সশরীরে সপ্ততাল বৈকুণ্ঠে চলিল ॥ ৩১৩ ॥
saptatāla dekhi’ prabhu āliṅgana kaila
saśarīre saptatāla vaikuṇṭhe calila

Synonyms

sapta-tāla dekhi’upon seeing the seven palm trees; prabhuLord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āliṅgana kailaembraced; sa-śarīrewith their bodies; sapta-tālathe seven palm trees; vaikuṇṭhe calilareturned to Vaikuṇṭhaloka.

Translation

Upon seeing the seven palm trees, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu embraced them. As a result, they all returned to Vaikuṇṭhaloka, the spiritual world.
শূন্যস্থল দেখি’ লোকের হৈল চমৎকার ।
লোকে কহে, এ সন্ন্যাসী — রাম-অবতার ॥ ৩১৪ ॥
śūnya-sthala dekhi’ lokera haila camatkāra
loke kahe, e sannyāsī — rāma-avatāra

Synonyms

śūnya-sthalathe vacant place; dekhi’seeing; lokeraof the people in general; hailathere was; camatkāraastonishment; loke kaheall people began to say; e sannyāsīthis sannyāsī; rāma-avatāraincarnation of Lord Rāmacandra.

Translation

After the seven palm trees had departed for Vaikuṇṭha, everyone was astonished to see that they were gone. The people then began to say, “This sannyāsī called Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu must be an incarnation of Lord Rāmacandra.
সশরীরে তাল গেল শ্রীবৈকুণ্ঠ-ধাম ।
ঐছে শক্তি কার হয়, বিনা এক রাম ॥ ৩১৫ ॥
saśarīre tāla gela śrī-vaikuṇṭha-dhāma
aiche śakti kāra haya, vinā eka rāma

Synonyms

sa-śarīrewith the material body; tālathe palm trees; gelawent; śrī-vaikuṇṭha-dhāmato the spiritual kingdom, known as Vaikuṇṭha; aichesuch; śaktipower; kārawhose; hayais; vināwithout; ekaone; rāmaLord Rāmacandra.

Translation

“Only Lord Rāmacandra has the power to send seven palm trees to the spiritual Vaikuṇṭha planets.”
প্রভু আসি’ কৈল পম্পা-সরোবরে স্নান ।
পঞ্চবটী আসি, তাহাঁ করিল বিশ্রাম ॥ ৩১৬ ॥
prabhu āsi’ kaila pampā-sarovare snāna
pañcavaṭī āsi, tāhāṅ karila viśrāma

Synonyms

prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āsi’coming; kailadid; pampā-sarovarein the lake known as Pampā; snānabathing; pañcavaṭī āsithen coming to Pañcavaṭī; tāhāṅthere; karilatook; viśrāmarest.

Translation

Eventually Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu arrived at a lake known as Pampā, where He took His bath. He then went to a place called Pañcavaṭī, where He rested.

Purport

According to some, the old name of the Tuṅgabhadrā River was Pambā. According to others, Vijaya-nagara, the capital of the state, was known as Pampātīrtha. According to still others, the lake near Anāguṇḍi, in the direction of Hyderabad, is Pampā-sarovara. The river Tuṅgabhadrā also flows through there. There are many different opinions about the lake called Pampā-sarovara.
নাসিকে ত্র্যম্বক দেখি’ গেলা ব্রহ্মগিরি ।
কুশাবর্তে আইলা যাহাঁ জন্মিলা গোদাবরী ॥ ৩১৭ ॥
nāsike tryambaka dekhi’ gelā brahmagiri
kuśāvarte āilā yāhāṅ janmilā godāvarī

Synonyms

nāsikeat the holy place Nāsika; tryambakaa deity of Lord Śiva; dekhi’after seeing; gelāwent; brahmagirito the place known as Brahmagiri; kuśāvarte āilāthen He came to the holy place known as Kuśāvarta; yāhāṅwhere; janmilātook birth; godāvarīthe river Godāvarī.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then visited Nāsika, where He saw the deity of Tryambaka [Lord Śiva]. He then went to Brahmagiri and then to Kuśāvarta, the source of the river Godāvarī.

Purport

Kuśāvarta is located in the western ghāṭa, at Sahyādri. It is near Nāsika, a holy place, but according to some it was situated in the valley of Vindhya.
সপ্ত গোদাবরী আইলা করি’ তীর্থ বহুতর ।
পুনরপি আইলা প্রভু বিদ্যানগর ॥ ৩১৮ ॥
sapta godāvarī āilā kari’ tīrtha bahutara
punarapi āilā prabhu vidyānagara

Synonyms

sapta godāvarīto the place known as Sapta-godāvarī; āilācame; kari’ tīrtha bahutaravisiting various holy places; punarapiagain; āilācame back; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vidyānagarato the place where He met Rāmānanda Rāya.

Translation

After visiting many other holy places, the Lord went to Sapta-godāvarī. At last He returned to Vidyānagara.

Purport

In this way Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu traveled from the source of the Godāvarī River and eventually visited the northern side of Hyderabad state. He finally arrived at the state of Kaliṅga.
রামানন্দ রায় শুনি প্রভুর আগমন ।
আনন্দে আসিয়া কৈল প্রভুসহ মিলন ॥ ৩১৯ ॥
rāmānanda rāya śuni’ prabhura āgamana
ānande āsiyā kaila prabhu-saha milana

Synonyms

rāmānanda rāyaRāmānanda Rāya; śuni’hearing; prabhuraof Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āgamanareturn; ānandein great happiness; āsiyācoming; kailadid; prabhu-sahawith Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; milanameeting.

Translation

When Rāmānanda Rāya heard of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s arrival, he was very pleased, and he immediately went to see Him.
দণ্ডবৎ হঞা পড়ে চরণে ধরিয়া ।
আলিঙ্গন কৈল প্রভু তাঁরে উঠাঞা ॥ ৩২০ ॥
daṇḍavat hañā paḍe caraṇe dhariyā
āliṅgana kaila prabhu tāṅre uṭhāñā

Synonyms

daṇḍavat hañālike a stick; paḍefell; caraṇethe lotus feet; dhariyācatching; āliṅganaembracing; kailadid; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅrehim; uṭhāñāgetting up.

Translation

When Rāmānanda Rāya fell flat, touching the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Lord immediately raised him to his feet and embraced him.
দুই জনে প্রেমাবেশে করেন ক্রন্দন ।
প্রেমানন্দে শিথিল হৈল দুঁহাকার মন ॥ ৩২১ ॥
dui jane premāveśe karena krandana
premānande śithila haila duṅhākāra mana

Synonyms

dui janeboth of them; prema-āveśein ecstatic love; karenado; krandanacrying; prema-ānandein ecstatic love; śithila hailabecame slackened; duṅhākāraof both of them; manaminds.

Translation

In great ecstatic love they both began to cry, and thus their minds were slackened.
কতক্ষণে দুই জনা সুস্থির হঞা ।
নানা ইষ্টগোষ্ঠী করে একত্র বসিয়া ॥ ৩২২ ॥
kata-kṣaṇe dui janā susthira hañā
nānā iṣṭa-goṣṭhī kare ekatra vasiyā

Synonyms

kata-kṣaṇeafter some time; duitwo; janāpeople; su-sthira hañācoming to their senses; nānāvarious; iṣṭa-goṣṭhīdiscussions; karedo; ekatratogether; vasiyāsitting.

Translation

After some time they regained their senses and sat together to discuss various subjects.
তীর্থ-যাত্রা-কথা প্রভু সকল কহিলা ।
কর্ণামৃত, ব্রহ্মসংহিতা, — দুই পুঁথি দিলা ॥ ৩২৩ ॥
tīrtha-yātrā-kathā prabhu sakala kahilā
karnāmṛta, brahma-saṁhitā, — dui puṅthi dilā

Synonyms

tīrtha-yātrā-kathātopics of His pilgrimage; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sakala kahilādescribed everything; karṇāmṛtathe book named Kṛṣṇa-karṇāmṛta; brahma-saṁhitāthe book named Brahma-saṁhitā; duitwo; puṅthiscriptures; dilādelivered.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu gave Rāmānanda Rāya a vivid description of His travels to the holy places and told him how He had acquired the two books named Kṛṣṇa-karṇāmṛta and Brahma-saṁhitā. The Lord delivered the books to Rāmānanda Rāya.
প্রভু কহে, — তুমি যেই সিদ্ধান্ত কহিলে ।
এই দুই পুঁথি সেই সব সাক্ষী দিলে ॥ ৩২৪ ॥
prabhu kahe, — tumi yei siddhānta kahile
ei dui puṅthi sei saba sākṣī dile

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord said; tumiyou; yeiwhatever; siddhāntaconclusion; kahileinformed; ei duithese two; puṅthibooks; seithat; sabaeverything; sākṣīevidence; dilegave.

Translation

The Lord said, “Whatever you have told Me about devotional service is all supported by these two books.”
রায়ের আনন্দ হৈল পুস্তক পাইয়া ।
প্রভু-সহ আস্বাদিল, রাখিল লিখিয়া ॥ ৩২৫ ॥
rāyera ānanda haila pustaka pāiyā
prabhu-saha āsvādila, rākhila likhiyā

Synonyms

rāyeraof Rāya Rāmānanda; ānandahappiness; hailathere was; pustaka pāiyāgetting those two books; prabhu-sahawith the Lord; āsvādilatasted; rākhilakept; likhiyāwriting.

Translation

Rāmānanda Rāya was very happy to receive these books. He tasted their contents along with the Lord and made a copy of each.
‘গোসাঞি আইলা’ গ্রামে হইল কোলাহল ।
প্রভুকে দেখিতে লোক আইল সকল ॥ ৩২৬ ॥
‘gosāñi āilā’ grāme haila kolāhala
prabhuke dekhite loka āila sakala

Synonyms

gosāñiŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āilā’has returned; grāmein the village; hailathere was; kolāhalacommotion; prabhukeLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; dekhiteto see; lokapeople; āilacame there; sakalaall.

Translation

News spread in the village of Vidyānagara about the arrival of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and everyone came to see Him once again.
লোক দেখি’ রামানন্দ গেলা নিজ-ঘরে ।
মধ্যাহ্নে উঠিলা প্রভু ভিক্ষা করিবারে ॥ ৩২৭ ॥
loka dehki’ rāmānanda gelā nija-ghare
madhyāhne uṭhilā prabhu bhikṣā karibāre

Synonyms

loka dekhi’seeing the people; rāmānandaRāya Rāmānanda; gelādeparted; nija-ghareto his own home; madhyāhneat noon; uṭhilā prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu got up; bhikṣā karibāreto take His lunch.

Translation

After seeing the people who gathered there, Śrī Rāmānanda Rāya returned to his own home. At noon, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu got up to take His lunch.
রাত্রিকালে রায় পুনঃ কৈল আগমন ।
দুই জনে কৃষ্ণকথায় কৈল জাগরণ ॥ ৩২৮ ॥
rātri-kāle rāya punaḥ kaila āgamana
dui jane kṛṣṇa-kathāya kaila jāgaraṇa

Synonyms

rātri-kāleat night; rāyaRāmānanda Rāya; punaḥagain; kailadid; āgamanacoming; dui janethe two of them; kṛṣṇa-kathāyain discourses on topics of Kṛṣṇa; kailadid; jāgaraṇakeeping awake through the night.

Translation

Śrī Rāmānanda Rāya returned at night, and he and the Lord discussed topics concerning Kṛṣṇa. Thus they passed the night.
দুই জনে কৃষ্ণকথা কহে রাত্রি-দিনে ।
পরম-আনন্দে গেল পাঁচ-সাত দিনে ॥ ৩২৯ ॥
dui jane kṛṣṇa-kathā kahe rātri-dine
parama-ānande gela pāṅca-sāta dine

Synonyms

dui janeboth of them; kṛṣṇa-kathātopics of Kṛṣṇa; kahespeak; rātri-dineday and night; parama-ānandein great happiness; gelapassed; pāṅca-sāta dinefive to seven days.

Translation

Rāmānanda Rāya and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu discussed Kṛṣṇa day and night, and thus they passed from five to seven days in great happiness.
রামানন্দ কহে, — প্রভু, তোমার আজ্ঞা পাঞা ।
রাজাকে লিখিলুঁ আমি বিনয় করিয়া ॥ ৩৩০ ॥
rāmānanda kahe,prabhu, tomāra ājñā pāñā
rājāke likhiluṅ āmi vinaya kariyā

Synonyms

rāmānanda kaheRāmānanda Rāya said; prabhumy dear Lord; tomāra ājñāYour permission; pāñāgetting; rājāke likhiluṅhave written a letter to the King; āmiI; vinaya kariyāwith great humility.

Translation

Rāmānanda Rāya said, “My dear Lord, with Your permission I have already written a letter to the King with great humility.
রাজা মোরে আজ্ঞা দিল নীলাচলে যাইতে ।
চলিবার উদ্‌যোগ আমি লাগিয়াছি করিতে ॥ ৩৩১ ॥
rājā more ājñā dila nīlācale yāite
calibāra udyoga āmi lāgiyāchi karite

Synonyms

rājāthe King; moreunto me; ājñā dilahas given an order; nīlācale yāiteto go to Jagannātha Purī; calibārato go; udyogaarrangement; āmiI; lāgiyāchibegan; kariteto do.

Translation

“The King has already given me an order to return to Jagannātha Purī, and I am making arrangements to do this.”
প্রভু কহে, — এথা মোর এ-নিমিত্তে আগমন ।
তোমা লঞা নীলাচলে করিব গমন ॥ ৩৩২ ॥
prabhu kahe, — ethā mora e-nimitte āgamana
tomā lañā nīlācale kariba gamana

Synonyms

prabhu kaheLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; ethāhere; moraMy; e-nimittefor this reason; āgamanacoming back; tomā lañātaking you; nīlācaleto Jagannātha Purī; karibaI shall do; gamanagoing.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then said, “It is for this purpose alone that I have returned. I want to take you with Me to Jagannātha Purī.”
রায় কহে, — প্রভু, আগে চল নীলাচলে ।
মোর সঙ্গে হাতী-ঘোড়া, সৈন্য-কোলাহলে ॥ ৩৩৩ ॥
rāya kahe,prabhu, āge cala nīlācale
mora saṅge hātī-ghoḍā, sainya-kolāhale

Synonyms

rāya kaheRāmānanda Rāya replied; prabhuLord; āge calaYou go ahead; nīlācaleto Jagannātha Purī; mora saṅgewith me; hātī-ghoḍāelephants and horses; sainyasoldiers; kolāhaletumultuous roaring.

Translation

Rāmānanda Rāya said, “My dear Lord, it is better that You proceed to Jagannātha Purī alone because with me there will be many horses, elephants and soldiers, all roaring tumultuously.
দিন-দশে ইহা-সবার করি’ সমাধান ।
তোমার পাছে পাছে আমি করিব প্রয়াণ ॥ ৩৩৪ ॥
dina-daśe ihā-sabāra kari’ samādhāna
tomāra pāche pāche āmi kariba prayāṇa

Synonyms

dina-daśewithin ten days; ihā-sabāraof all of this; kari’ samādhānamaking adjustment; tomāraYou; pāche pāchefollowing; āmiI; karibashall do; prayāṇagoing.

Translation

“I shall make arrangements within ten days. Following You, I shall go to Nīlācala without delay.”
তবে মহাপ্রভু তাঁরে আসিতে আজ্ঞা দিয়া ।
নীলাচলে চলিলা প্রভু আনন্দিত হঞা ॥ ৩৩৫ ॥
tabe mahāprabhu tāṅre āsite ājñā diyā
nīlācale calilā prabhu ānandita hañā

Synonyms

tabethen; mahāprabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅreunto him; āsiteto come; ājñā diyāgiving an order; nīlācaleto Jagannātha Purī; calilādeparted; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; ānandita hañāwith great pleasure.

Translation

Giving orders to Rāmānanda Rāya to come to Nīlācala, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu departed for Jagannātha Purī with great pleasure.
যেই পথে পূর্বে প্রভু কৈলা আগমন ।
সেই পথে চলিলা দেখি, সর্ব বৈষ্ণবগণ ॥ ৩৩৬ ॥
yei pathe pūrve prabhu kailā āgamana
sei pathe calilā dekhi, sarva vaiṣṇava-gaṇa

Synonyms

yei pathethe path by which; pūrveformerly; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kailā āgamanacame; sei patheby that way; calilādeparted; dekhiseeing; sarvaall; vaiṣṇava-gaṇaVaiṣṇavas.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu returned by the same road He had formerly taken to Vidyānagara, and all the Vaiṣṇavas along the way saw Him again.
যাহাঁ যায়, লোক উঠে হরিধ্বনি করি’ ।
দেখি’ আনন্দিত-মন হৈলা গৌরহরি ॥ ৩৩৭ ॥
yāhāṅ yāya, loka uṭhe hari-dhvani kari’
dekhi’ ānandita-mana hailā gaurahari

Synonyms

yāhāṅ yāyawherever He goes; loka uṭhepeople stand up; hari-dhvani kari’vibrating the holy name of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra; dekhi’by seeing; ānanditahappy; manain mind; hailābecame; gaurahariLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.

Translation

Wherever Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went, the holy name of Śrī Hari was vibrated. Seeing this, the Lord became very happy.
আলালনাথে আসি’ কৃষ্ণদাসে পাঠাইল ।
নিত্যানন্দ-আদি নিজগণে বোলাইল ॥ ৩৩৮ ॥
ālālanāthe āsi’ kṛṣṇadāse pāṭhāila
nityānanda-ādi nija-gaṇe bolāila

Synonyms

ālālanātheto the place known as Ālālanātha; āsi’coming; kṛṣṇadāseKṛṣṇadāsa, His assistant; pāṭhāilasent ahead; nityānandaLord Nityānanda; ādiand others; nija-gaṇepersonal associates; bolāilacalled for.

Translation

When the Lord reached Ālālanātha, He sent His assistant Kṛṣṇadāsa ahead to call for Nityānanda Prabhu and other personal associates.
প্রভুর আগমন শুনি’ নিত্যানন্দ রায় ।
উঠিয়া চলিলা, প্রেমে থেহ নাহি পায় ॥ ৩৩৯ ॥
prabhura āgamana śuni’ nityānanda rāya
uṭhiyā calilā, preme theha nāhi pāya

Synonyms

prabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āgamanaarrival; śuni’hearing; nityānanda rāyaLord Nityānanda; uṭhiyā calilāgot up and started; premein great ecstasy; thehapatience; nāhi pāyadoes not get.

Translation

As soon as Nityānanda Prabhu received news of the arrival of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, He immediately got up and started out to see Him. Indeed, He was very impatient in His great ecstasy.
জগদানন্দ, দামোদর-পণ্ডিত, মুকুন্দ ।
নাচিয়া চলিলা, দেহে না ধরে আনন্দ ॥ ৩৪০ ॥
jagadānanda, dāmodara-paṇḍita, mukunda
nāciyā calilā, dehe nā dhare ānanda

Synonyms

jagadānandaJagadānanda; dāmodara-paṇḍitaDāmodara Paṇḍita; mukundaMukunda; nāciyādancing; calilādeparted; dehethe body; dharedoes not hold; ānandahappiness.

Translation

Śrī Nityānanda Rāya, Jagadānanda, Dāmodara Paṇḍita and Mukunda all became ecstatic in their happiness, and dancing along the way, they went to meet the Lord.
গোপীনাথাচার্য চলিলা আনন্দিত হঞা ।
প্রভুরে মিলিলা সবে পথে লাগ্ পাঞা ॥ ৩৪১ ॥
gopīnāthācārya calilā ānandita hañā
prabhure mililā sabe pathe lāg pāñā

Synonyms

gopīnātha-ācāryaGopīnātha Ācārya; calilādeparted; ānanditain happiness; hañābeing; prabhureLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; mililāmet; sabeall; pathealong the way; lāgcontact; pāñāgetting.

Translation

Gopīnātha Ācārya also went in a very happy mood. They all went to meet the Lord, and they finally contacted Him on the way.
প্রভু প্রেমাবেশে সবায় কৈল আলিঙ্গন ।
প্রেমাবেশে সবে করে আনন্দ-ক্রন্দন ॥ ৩৪২ ॥
prabhu premāveśe sabāya kaila āliṅgana
premāveśe sabe kare ānanda-krandana

Synonyms

prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; prema-āveśein ecstatic love; sabāyaall of them; kaila āliṅganaembraced; prema-āveśein ecstatic love; sabe kareall of them did; ānanda-krandanacrying in pleasure.

Translation

The Lord was also filled with ecstatic love, and He embraced them all. Out of their love, they began to cry with pleasure.
সার্বভৌম ভট্টাচার্য আনন্দে চলিলা ।
সমুদ্রের তীরে আসি’ প্রভুরে মিলিলা ॥ ৩৪৩ ॥
sārvabhauma bhaṭṭācārya ānande calilā
samudrera tīre āsi’ prabhure mililā

Synonyms

sārvabhauma bhaṭṭācāryaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; ānandein pleasure; calilāwent; samudrera tīreon the beach by the ocean; āsi’coming; prabhure mililāmet the Lord.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya also went to see the Lord with great pleasure, and he met Him on the beach by the sea.
সার্বভৌম মহাপ্রভুর পড়িলা চরণে ।
প্রভু তাঁরে উঠাঞা কৈল আলিঙ্গনে ॥ ৩৪৪ ॥
sārvabhauma mahāprabhura paḍilā caraṇe
prabhu tāṅre uṭhāñā kaila āliṅgane

Synonyms

sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; mahāprabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; paḍilāfell down; caraṇeat the feet; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅrehim; uṭhāñāgetting up; kaila āliṅganeembraced.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya fell down at the lotus feet of the Lord, and the Lord pulled him up and embraced him.
প্রেমাবেশে সার্বভৌম করিলা রোদনে ।
সবা-সঙ্গে আইলা প্রভু ঈশ্বর-দরশনে ॥ ৩৪৫ ॥
premāveśe sārvabhauma karilā rodane
sabā-saṅge āilā prabhu īśvara-daraśane

Synonyms

prema-āveśein ecstatic love; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma; karilā rodanecried; sabā-saṅgewith all of them; āilācame; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; īśvara-daraśaneto see the Jagannātha temple.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya cried in great ecstatic love. Then the Lord, accompanied by them all, went to the temple of Jagannātha.
জগন্নাথ-দরশন প্রেমাবেশে কৈল ।
কম্প-স্বেদ-পুলকাশ্রুতে শরীর ভাসিল ॥ ৩৪৬ ॥
jagannātha-daraśana premāveśe kaila
kampa-sveda-pulakāśrute śarīra bhāsila

Synonyms

jagannātha-daraśanavisiting Lord Jagannātha; prema-āveśein ecstatic love; kailamade; kampatrembling; svedaperspiration; pulakajubilation; aśrutewith tears; śarīrathe whole body; bhāsilawas inundated.

Translation

Due to ecstatic love experienced upon visiting Lord Jagannātha, inundations of trembling, perspiration, tears and jubilation swept the body of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
বহু নৃত্যগীত কৈল প্রেমাবিষ্ট হঞা ।
পাণ্ডাপাল আইল সবে মালা-প্রসাদ লঞা ॥ ৩৪৭ ॥
bahu nṛtya-gīta kaila premāviṣṭa hañā
pāṇḍā-pāla āila sabe mālā-prasāda lañā

Synonyms

bahumuch; nṛtya-gītadancing and chanting; kailaperformed; prema-āviṣṭain ecstatic love; hañābeing; pāṇḍā-pālathe priests and attendants; āilacame; sabeall; mālā-prasādaa garland and remnants of the food of Jagannātha; lañāoffering.

Translation

In ecstatic love Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu danced and chanted. At that time all the attendants and priests came to offer Him a garland and the remnants of Lord Jagannātha’s food.

Purport

Those who are priests engaged in Lord Jagannātha’s service are called pāṇḍās or paṇḍitas, and they are brāhmaṇas. The attendants who look after the temple’s external affairs are called pālas. The priests and attendants went together to see Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
মালা-প্রসাদ পাঞা প্রভু সুস্থির হইলা ।
জগন্নাথের সেবক সব আনন্দে মিলিলা ॥ ৩৪৮ ॥
mālā-prasāda pāñā prabhu susthira ha-ilā
jagannāthera sevaka saba ānande mililā

Synonyms

mālā-prasādathe garland and prasādam; pāñāgetting; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; su-sthira ha-ilābecame patient; jagannātheraof Lord Jagannātha; sevakaservants; sabaall; ānande mililāmet Him in great pleasure.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu became patient after receiving the garland and prasādam of Lord Jagannātha. All the servants of Lord Jagannātha met Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu with great pleasure.
কাশীমিশ্র আসি’ প্রভুর পড়িলা চরণে ।
মান্য করি’ প্রভু তাঁরে কৈল আলিঙ্গনে ॥ ৩৪৯ ॥
kāśī-miśra āsi’ prabhura paḍilā caraṇe
mānya kari’ prabhu tāṅre kaila āliṅgane

Synonyms

kāśī-miśraKāśī Miśra; āsi’coming; prabhuraof the Lord; paḍilāfell down; caraṇeat the feet; mānya kari’with great respect; prabhuLord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅreunto him; kailadid; āliṅganeembracing.

Translation

Afterward, Kāśī Miśra came and fell down at the lotus feet of the Lord, and the Lord respectfully embraced him.
প্রভু লঞা সার্বভৌম নিজ-ঘরে গেলা ।
মোর ঘরে ভিক্ষা বলি’ নিমন্ত্রণ কৈলা ॥ ৩৫০ ॥
prabhu lañā sārvabhauma nija-ghare gelā
mora ghare bhikṣā bali’ nimantraṇa kailā

Synonyms

prabhu lañātaking Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; nija-ghareto his own home; gelāwent; moramy; ghareat home; bhikṣāluncheon; bali’saying; nimantraṇa kailāinvited.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya then took the Lord with him to his home, saying, “Today’s luncheon will be at my home.” In this way he invited the Lord.
দিব্য মহাপ্রসাদ অনেক আনাইল ।
পীঠা-পানা আদি জগন্নাথ যে খাইল ॥ ৩৫১ ॥
divya mahā-prasāda aneka ānāila
pīṭhā-pānā ādi jagannātha ye khāila

Synonyms

divyavery nice; mahā-prasādaremnants of food from Jagannātha; anekavarious; ānāilabrought; pīṭhā-pānā ādisuch as cakes and condensed milk; jagannāthaLord Jagannātha; yewhich; khāilaate.

Translation

Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya brought various types of food remnants that had been left by Lord Jagannātha. He brought all kinds of cakes and condensed-milk preparations.
মধ্যাহ্ন করিলা প্রভু নিজগণ লঞা ।
সার্বভৌম-ঘরে ভিক্ষা করিলা আসিয়া ॥ ৩৫২ ॥
madhyāhna karilā prabhu nija-gaṇa lañā
sārvabhauma-ghare bhikṣā karilā āsiyā

Synonyms

madhyāhnanoon lunch; karilāperformed; prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nija-gaṇa lañāaccompanied by associates; sārvabhauma-ghareat the home of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; bhikṣālunch; karilāperformed; āsiyācoming.

Translation

Accompanied by all His associates, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya’s house and took His noon lunch there.
ভিক্ষা করাঞা তাঁরে করাইল শয়ন ।
আপনে সার্বভৌম করে পাদসম্বাহন ॥ ৩৫৩ ॥
bhikṣā karāñā tāṅre karāila śayana
āpane sārvabhauma kare pāda-saṁvāhana

Synonyms

bhikṣā karāñāafter giving lunch; tāṅreHim; karāilamade; śayanalie down to rest; āpanepersonally; sārvabhaumaSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; karedoes; pāda-saṁvāhanamassaging the legs.

Translation

After offering food to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya made Him lie down to rest, and he personally began to massage the legs of the Lord.
প্রভু তাঁরে পাঠাইল ভোজন করিতে ।
সেই রাত্রি তাঁর ঘরে রহিলা তাঁর প্রীতে ॥ ৩৫৪ ॥
prabhu tāṅre pāṭhāila bhojana karite
sei rātri tāṅra ghare rahilā tāṅra prīte

Synonyms

prabhuŚrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅrehim; pāṭhāilasent; bhojana kariteto take lunch; sei rātrithat night; tāṅra ghareat his home; rahilāremained; tāṅra prītejust to satisfy him.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then sent Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya to take his lunch, and the Lord remained that night in his home just to please him.
সার্বভৌম-সঙ্গে আর লঞা নিজগণ ।
তীর্থযাত্রা-কথা কহি’ কৈল জাগরণ ॥ ৩৫৫ ॥
sārvabhauma-saṅge āra lañā nija-gaṇa
tīrtha-yātrā-kathā kahi’ kaila jāgaraṇa

Synonyms

sārvabhauma-saṅgewith Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya; āraand; lañā nija-gaṇataking His own associates; tīrtha-yātrā-kathātopics of the pilgrimage; kahi’telling; kailadid; jāgaraṇakeeping awake through the night.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His personal associates remained with Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya. They all stayed awake the entire night as the Lord spoke of His pilgrimage.
প্রভু কহে, — এত তীর্থ কৈলুঁ পর্যটন ।
তোমা-সম বৈষ্ণব না দেখিলুঁ একজন ॥ ৩৫৬ ॥
prabhu kahe, — eta tīrtha kailuṅ paryaṭana
tomā-sama vaiṣṇava nā dekhiluṅ eka-jana

Synonyms

prabhu kahethe Lord said; eta tīrthato so many holy places; kailuṅ paryaṭanaI have traveled; tomā-samalike you; vaiṣṇavadevotee; not; dekhiluṅI could see; eka-janaone man.

Translation

The Lord told Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya, “I have traveled to many holy places, but I could not find a Vaiṣṇava as good as you anywhere.”
এক রামানন্দ রায় বহু সুখ দিল ।
ভট্ট কহে, — এই লাগি’ মিলিতে কহিল ॥ ৩৫৭ ॥
eka rāmānanda rāya bahu sukha dila
bhaṭṭa kahe, — ei lāgi’ milite kahila

Synonyms

ekaone; rāmānanda rāyaRāmānanda Rāya; bahu sukhamuch pleasure; dilagave; bhaṭṭa kaheSārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replied; ei lāgi’for this reason; militeto meet; kahilaI requested.

Translation

Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued, “I received much pleasure from the talks of Rāmānanda Rāya.”

Purport

The Bhaṭṭācārya replied, “For this reason I requested that You meet him.”
In the Śrī Caitanya-candrodaya (beginning of the eighth act) Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu says, “Sārvabhauma, I have traveled to many holy places, but I cannot find a Vaiṣṇava as good as you anywhere. However, I must admit that Rāmānanda Rāya is wonderful.”
Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya replies, “Therefore, my Lord, I requested that You see him.”
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then says, “There are, of course, many Vaiṣṇavas in these holy places, and most of them worship Lord Nārāyaṇa. Others, who are called Tattvavādīs, are also Lakṣmī-Nārāyaṇa worshipers, but they do not belong to the pure Vaiṣṇava cult. There are many worshipers of Lord Śiva, and there are also many atheists. Regardless, My dear Bhaṭṭācārya, I very much like Rāmānanda Rāya and his opinions.”
তীর্থযাত্রা-কথা এই কৈলুঁ সমাপন ।
সংক্ষেপে কহিলুঁ, বিস্তার না যায় বর্ণন ॥ ৩৫৮ ॥
tīrtha-yātrā-kathā ei kailuṅ samāpana
saṅkṣepe kahiluṅ, vistāra nā yāya varṇana

Synonyms

tīrtha-yātrā-kathātopics of the pilgrimage; eithese; kailuṅ samāpanaI have finished; saṅkṣepe kahiluṅI have described in brief; vistāraexpansively; yāya varṇanait is not possible to describe.

Translation

Thus I have ended my narration about Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s pilgrimage, describing it in brief. It cannot be described very broadly.

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura points out that in the seventy-fourth verse of this chapter it is stated that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu visited the temple of Śiyālī-bhairavī, but actually at Śiyālī Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu visited the temple of Śrī Bhū-varāha. Near Śiyālī and Cidambaram there is a temple known as Śrī Muṣṇam. In this temple there is a Deity of Śrī Bhū-varāha. In the jurisdiction of Cidambaram there is a district known as southern Ārkaṭa. The town of Śiyālī is in that district. There is a temple of Śrī Bhū-varāhadeva nearby, not Bhairavī-devī. This is Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura’s conclusion.
অনন্ত চৈতন্যলীলা কহিতে না জানি ।
লোভে লজ্জা খাঞা তার করি টানাটানি ॥ ৩৫৯ ॥
ananta caitanya-līlā kahite nā jāni
lobhe lajjā khāñā tāra kari ṭānāṭāni

Synonyms

anantaunlimited; caitanya-līlāpastimes of Lord Caitanya; kahiteto speak; jāniI do not know; lobheout of greed; lajjā khāñābecoming shameless; tāraof them; kariI do; ṭānāṭānisome attempt only.

Translation

The pastimes of Lord Caitanya are unlimited. No one can properly describe His activities, yet I make the attempt out of greed. This but reveals my shamelessness.
প্রভুর তীর্থযাত্রা-কথা শুনে যেই জন ।
চৈতন্যচরণে পায় গাঢ় প্রেমধন ॥ ৩৬০ ॥
prabhura tīrtha-yātrā-kathā śune yei jana
caitanya-caraṇe pāya gāḍha prema-dhana

Synonyms

prabhuraof Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tīrtha-yātrātouring of sacred places of pilgrimage; kathātopics about; śunehears; yeiwho; janaperson; caitanya-caraṇeat the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; pāyagets; gāḍhadeep; prema-dhanariches of ecstatic love.

Translation

Whoever hears of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s pilgrimage to various holy places attains the riches of very deep ecstatic love.

Purport

Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura remarks, “The impersonalists imagine some forms of the Absolute Truth through the direct perception of their senses. The impersonalists worship such imaginary forms, but neither Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam nor Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu accepts this sense gratificatory worship to be of any spiritual significance.” The Māyāvādīs imagine themselves to be the Supreme. They imagine that the Supreme has no personal form and that all His forms are imaginary like the will-o’-the-wisp or a flower in the sky. Both Māyāvādīs and those who imagine forms of God are misguided. According to them, worship of the Deity or any other form of the Lord is a result of the conditioned soul’s illusion. However, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu confirms the conclusion of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam on the strength of His philosophy of acintya-bhedābheda-tattva. That philosophy holds that the Supreme Lord is simultaneously one with and different from His creation. That is to say, there is unity in diversity. In this way Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu proved the impotence of fruitive workers, speculative empiric philosophers and mystic yogīs. The realization of such men is simply a waste of time and energy.
To set the example, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu personally visited temples in various holy places. Wherever He visited, He immediately exhibited His ecstatic love for the Supreme Personality of Godhead. When a Vaiṣṇava visits the temple of a demigod, his vision of that demigod is different from the vision of the impersonalists and Māyāvādīs. The Brahma-saṁhitā supports this. A Vaiṣṇava’s visit to the temple of Lord Śiva, for example, is different from a nondevotee’s visit. The nondevotee considers the deity of Lord Śiva an imaginary form because he ultimately thinks that the Supreme Absolute Truth is void. However, a Vaiṣṇava sees Lord Śiva as being simultaneously one with and different from the Supreme Lord. In this regard, the example of milk and yogurt is given. Yogurt is actually nothing but milk, but at the same time it is not milk. It is simultaneously one with milk yet different from it. This is the philosophy of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and it is confirmed by Lord Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (9.4):
mayā tatam idaṁ sarvaṁjagad avyakta-mūrtinā
mat-sthāni sarva-bhūtāni
na cāhaṁ teṣv avasthitaḥ
“By Me, in My unmanifested form, this entire universe is pervaded. All beings are in Me, but I am not in them.”
The Absolute Truth, God, is everything, but this does not mean that everything is God. For this reason Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His followers visited the temples of all the demigods, but they did not see them in the same way an impersonalist sees them. Everyone should follow in the footsteps of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and visit all temples. Sometimes mundane sahajiyās suppose that the gopīs visited the temple of Kātyāyanī in the same way mundane people visit the temple of Devī. However, the gopīs prayed to Kātyāyanī to grant them Kṛṣṇa as their husband, whereas mundaners visit the temple of Kātyāyanī to receive some material profit. That is the difference between a Vaiṣṇava’s visit and a nondevotee’s visit.
Not understanding the process of disciplic succession, so-called logicians put forward the theory of pañcopāsanā, in which a person worships one of five deities — namely Viṣṇu, Śiva, Durgā, the sun-god or Ganeśa. In this conception the impersonalists imagine one of these five deities as supreme and reject the others. Such philosophical speculation, which is certainly idol worship, is not accepted by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu or by Vaiṣṇavas. This imaginary deity worship has recently been transformed into Māyāvāda impersonalism. For want of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, people are victimized by the Māyāvāda philosophy, and consequently they sometimes become staunch atheists. However, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu established the process of self-realization by His own personal behavior. As stated in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta (Madhya 8.274):
sthāvara-jaṅgama dekhe, nā dekhe tāra mūrti
sarvatra haya nija iṣṭa-deva-sphūrti
“A Vaiṣṇava never sees the material form of anything, moving or nonmoving. Rather, everywhere he looks he sees the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and immediately he remembers the transcendental form of the Lord.”
চৈতন্যচরিত শুন শ্রদ্ধা-ভক্তি করি’ ।
মাৎসর্য ছাড়িয়া মুখে বল ‘হরি’ ‘হরি’ ॥ ৩৬১ ॥
caitanya-carita śuna śraddhā-bhakti kari’
mātsarya chāḍiyā mukhe bala ‘hari’ ‘hari’

Synonyms

caitanya-caritathe activities of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; śunahear; śraddhāfaith; bhaktidevotion; kari’accepting; mātsaryaenvy; chāḍiyāgiving up; mukheby the mouth; balasay; hari harithe holy name of the Lord (Hari, Hari).

Translation

Please hear the transcendental pastimes of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu with faith and devotion. Giving up envy of the Lord, everyone chant the Lord’s holy name, Hari.
এই কলিকালে আর নাহি কোন ধর্ম ।
বৈষ্ণব, বৈষ্ণবশাস্ত্র, এই কহে মর্ম ॥ ৩৬২ ॥
ei kali-kāle āra nāhi kona dharma
vaiṣṇava, vaiṣṇava-śāstra, ei kahe marma

Synonyms

ei kali-kālein this Age of Kali; āraother; nāhi konathere is not any; dharmareligious principle; vaiṣṇavadevotee; vaiṣṇava-śāstradevotional literature; ei kahe marmathis is the purport.

Translation

In this Age of Kali there are no genuine religious principles other than those established by Vaiṣṇava devotees and the Vaiṣṇava scriptures. This is the sum and substance of everything.

Purport

One must have firm faith in the process of devotional service and the scriptures that support it. If one hears the activities of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu with this faith, he can be freed from his envious position. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is meant for such nonenvious persons (nirmatsarāṇāṁ satām). In this age a person should not envy Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s movement but should chant the holy names of Hari and Kṛṣṇa, the mahā-mantra. That is the sum and substance of the eternal religion, known as sanātana-dharma. In this verse the word vaiṣṇava refers to a pure devotee and fully realized soul, and the word vaiṣṇava-śāstra refers to śruti, or the Vedas, which are called śabda-pramāṇa, the evidence of transcendental sound. One who strictly follows the Vedic literature and chants the holy name of the Supreme Personality of Godhead will actually be situated in the transcendental disciplic succession. Those who want to attain life’s ultimate goal must follow this principle. In Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.19.17), it is said:
śrutiḥ pratyakṣam aitihyamanumānaṁ catuṣṭayam
pramāṇeṣv anavasthānād
vikalpāt sa virajyate
“Vedic literature, direct perception, history and hypothesis are the four kinds of evidential proofs. Everyone should stick to these principles for the realization of the Absolute Truth.”
চৈতন্যচন্দ্রের লীলা — অগাধ, গম্ভীর ।
প্রবেশ করিতে নারি, — স্পর্শি রহি’ তীর ॥ ৩৬৩ ॥
caitanya-candrera līlā — agādha, gambhīra
praveśa karite nāri, — sparśi rahi’ tīra

Synonyms

caitanya-candrera līlāthe pastimes of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; agādhaunfathomable; gambhīradeep; praveśa kariteto enter into; nāriI am unable; sparśiI touch; rahi’ tīrastanding on the bank.

Translation

The pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu are just like an unfathomable ocean. It is not possible for me to enter into it. Simply standing on the shore, I am but touching the water.
চৈতন্যচরিত শ্রদ্ধায় শুনে যেই জন ।
যতেক বিচারে, তত পায় প্রেমধন ॥ ৩৬৪ ॥
caitanya-carita śraddhāya śune yei jana
yateka vicāre, tata pāya prema-dhana

Synonyms

caitanya-caritathe pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; śraddhāyawith faith; śunehears; yei janawhich person; yateka vicāreas far as he analytically studies; tataso far; pāyahe gets; prema-dhanathe riches of ecstatic love.

Translation

The more one hears the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu with faith, analytically studying them, the more one attains the ecstatic riches of love of Godhead.
শ্রীরূপ-রঘুনাথ-পদে যার আশ ।
চৈতন্যচরিতামৃত কহে কৃষ্ণদাস ॥ ৩৬৫ ॥
śrī-rūpa-raghunātha-pade yāra āśa
caitanya-caritāmṛta kahe kṛṣṇadāsa

Synonyms

śrī-rūpaŚrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī; raghunāthaŚrīla Raghunātha dāsa Gosvāmī; padeat the lotus feet; yārawhose; āśaexpectation; caitanya-caritāmṛtathe book named Caitanya-caritāmṛta; kahedescribes; kṛṣṇadāsaŚrīla Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī.

Translation

Praying at the lotus feet of Śrī Rūpa and Śrī Raghunātha, always desiring their mercy, I, Kṛṣṇadāsa, narrate Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, following in their footsteps.

Purport

As usual the author concludes the chapter by reciting the names of Śrī Rūpa and Raghunātha and reinstating himself at their lotus feet.
Thus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā, ninth chapter, describing Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s travels to many holy places in South India.